xref: /illumos-gate/usr/src/uts/common/io/mac/mac.c (revision 2fc1284f54e3b9894607f8accc50b99ce877c15f)
1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright 2020 Joyent, Inc.
25  * Copyright 2015 Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
26  * Copyright 2020 RackTop Systems, Inc.
27  * Copyright 2026 Oxide Computer Company
28  * Copyright 2026 Edgecast Cloud LLC.
29  */
30 
31 /*
32  * MAC Services Module
33  *
34  * The GLDv3 framework locking -  The MAC layer
35  * --------------------------------------------
36  *
37  * The MAC layer is central to the GLD framework and can provide the locking
38  * framework needed for itself and for the use of MAC clients. MAC end points
39  * are fairly disjoint and don't share a lot of state. So a coarse grained
40  * multi-threading scheme is to single thread all create/modify/delete or set
41  * type of control operations on a per mac end point while allowing data threads
42  * concurrently.
43  *
44  * Control operations (set) that modify a mac end point are always serialized on
45  * a per mac end point basis, We have at most 1 such thread per mac end point
46  * at a time.
47  *
48  * All other operations that are not serialized are essentially multi-threaded.
49  * For example a control operation (get) like getting statistics which may not
50  * care about reading values atomically or data threads sending or receiving
51  * data. Mostly these type of operations don't modify the control state. Any
52  * state these operations care about are protected using traditional locks.
53  *
54  * The perimeter only serializes serial operations. It does not imply there
55  * aren't any other concurrent operations. However a serialized operation may
56  * sometimes need to make sure it is the only thread. In this case it needs
57  * to use reference counting mechanisms to cv_wait until any current data
58  * threads are done.
59  *
60  * The mac layer itself does not hold any locks across a call to another layer.
61  * The perimeter is however held across a down call to the driver to make the
62  * whole control operation atomic with respect to other control operations.
63  * Also the data path and get type control operations may proceed concurrently.
64  * These operations synchronize with the single serial operation on a given mac
65  * end point using regular locks. The perimeter ensures that conflicting
66  * operations like say a mac_multicast_add and a mac_multicast_remove on the
67  * same mac end point don't interfere with each other and also ensures that the
68  * changes in the mac layer and the call to the underlying driver to say add a
69  * multicast address are done atomically without interference from a thread
70  * trying to delete the same address.
71  *
72  * For example, consider
73  * mac_multicst_add()
74  * {
75  *	mac_perimeter_enter();	serialize all control operations
76  *
77  *	grab list lock		protect against access by data threads
78  *	add to list
79  *	drop list lock
80  *
81  *	call driver's mi_multicst
82  *
83  *	mac_perimeter_exit();
84  * }
85  *
86  * To lessen the number of serialization locks and simplify the lock hierarchy,
87  * we serialize all the control operations on a per mac end point by using a
88  * single serialization lock called the perimeter. We allow recursive entry into
89  * the perimeter to facilitate use of this mechanism by both the mac client and
90  * the MAC layer itself.
91  *
92  * MAC client means an entity that does an operation on a mac handle
93  * obtained from a mac_open/mac_client_open. Similarly MAC driver means
94  * an entity that does an operation on a mac handle obtained from a
95  * mac_register. An entity could be both client and driver but on different
96  * handles eg. aggr. and should only make the corresponding mac interface calls
97  * i.e. mac driver interface or mac client interface as appropriate for that
98  * mac handle.
99  *
100  * General rules.
101  * -------------
102  *
103  * R1. The lock order of upcall threads is natually opposite to downcall
104  * threads. Hence upcalls must not hold any locks across layers for fear of
105  * recursive lock enter and lock order violation. This applies to all layers.
106  *
107  * R2. The perimeter is just another lock. Since it is held in the down
108  * direction, acquiring the perimeter in an upcall is prohibited as it would
109  * cause a deadlock. This applies to all layers.
110  *
111  * Note that upcalls that need to grab the mac perimeter (for example
112  * mac_notify upcalls) can still achieve that by posting the request to a
113  * thread, which can then grab all the required perimeters and locks in the
114  * right global order. Note that in the above example the mac layer iself
115  * won't grab the mac perimeter in the mac_notify upcall, instead the upcall
116  * to the client must do that. Please see the aggr code for an example.
117  *
118  * MAC client rules
119  * ----------------
120  *
121  * R3. A MAC client may use the MAC provided perimeter facility to serialize
122  * control operations on a per mac end point. It does this by by acquring
123  * and holding the perimeter across a sequence of calls to the mac layer.
124  * This ensures atomicity across the entire block of mac calls. In this
125  * model the MAC client must not hold any client locks across the calls to
126  * the mac layer. This model is the preferred solution.
127  *
128  * R4. However if a MAC client has a lot of global state across all mac end
129  * points the per mac end point serialization may not be sufficient. In this
130  * case the client may choose to use global locks or use its own serialization.
131  * To avoid deadlocks, these client layer locks held across the mac calls
132  * in the control path must never be acquired by the data path for the reason
133  * mentioned below.
134  *
135  * (Assume that a control operation that holds a client lock blocks in the
136  * mac layer waiting for upcall reference counts to drop to zero. If an upcall
137  * data thread that holds this reference count, tries to acquire the same
138  * client lock subsequently it will deadlock).
139  *
140  * A MAC client may follow either the R3 model or the R4 model, but can't
141  * mix both. In the former, the hierarchy is Perim -> client locks, but in
142  * the latter it is client locks -> Perim.
143  *
144  * R5. MAC clients must make MAC calls (excluding data calls) in a cv_wait'able
145  * context since they may block while trying to acquire the perimeter.
146  * In addition some calls may block waiting for upcall refcnts to come down to
147  * zero.
148  *
149  * R6. MAC clients must make sure that they are single threaded and all threads
150  * from the top (in particular data threads) have finished before calling
151  * mac_client_close. The MAC framework does not track the number of client
152  * threads using the mac client handle. Also mac clients must make sure
153  * they have undone all the control operations before calling mac_client_close.
154  * For example mac_unicast_remove/mac_multicast_remove to undo the corresponding
155  * mac_unicast_add/mac_multicast_add.
156  *
157  * MAC framework rules
158  * -------------------
159  *
160  * R7. The mac layer itself must not hold any mac layer locks (except the mac
161  * perimeter) across a call to any other layer from the mac layer. The call to
162  * any other layer could be via mi_* entry points, classifier entry points into
163  * the driver or via upcall pointers into layers above. The mac perimeter may
164  * be acquired or held only in the down direction, for e.g. when calling into
165  * a mi_* driver enty point to provide atomicity of the operation.
166  *
167  * R8. Since it is not guaranteed (see R14) that drivers won't hold locks across
168  * mac driver interfaces, the MAC layer must provide a cut out for control
169  * interfaces like upcall notifications and start them in a separate thread.
170  *
171  * R9. Note that locking order also implies a plumbing order. For example
172  * VNICs are allowed to be created over aggrs, but not vice-versa. An attempt
173  * to plumb in any other order must be failed at mac_open time, otherwise it
174  * could lead to deadlocks due to inverse locking order.
175  *
176  * R10. MAC driver interfaces must not block since the driver could call them
177  * in interrupt context.
178  *
179  * R11. Walkers must preferably not hold any locks while calling walker
180  * callbacks. Instead these can operate on reference counts. In simple
181  * callbacks it may be ok to hold a lock and call the callbacks, but this is
182  * harder to maintain in the general case of arbitrary callbacks.
183  *
184  * R12. The MAC layer must protect upcall notification callbacks using reference
185  * counts rather than holding locks across the callbacks.
186  *
187  * R13. Given the variety of drivers, it is preferable if the MAC layer can make
188  * sure that any pointers (such as mac ring pointers) it passes to the driver
189  * remain valid until mac unregister time. Currently the mac layer achieves
190  * this by using generation numbers for rings and freeing the mac rings only
191  * at unregister time.  The MAC layer must provide a layer of indirection and
192  * must not expose underlying driver rings or driver data structures/pointers
193  * directly to MAC clients.
194  *
195  * MAC driver rules
196  * ----------------
197  *
198  * R14. It would be preferable if MAC drivers don't hold any locks across any
199  * mac call. However at a minimum they must not hold any locks across data
200  * upcalls. They must also make sure that all references to mac data structures
201  * are cleaned up and that it is single threaded at mac_unregister time.
202  *
203  * R15. MAC driver interfaces don't block and so the action may be done
204  * asynchronously in a separate thread as for example handling notifications.
205  * The driver must not assume that the action is complete when the call
206  * returns.
207  *
208  * R16. Drivers must maintain a generation number per Rx ring, and pass it
209  * back to mac_rx_ring(); They are expected to increment the generation
210  * number whenever the ring's stop routine is invoked.
211  * See comments in mac_rx_ring();
212  *
213  * R17 Similarly mi_stop is another synchronization point and the driver must
214  * ensure that all upcalls are done and there won't be any future upcall
215  * before returning from mi_stop.
216  *
217  * R18. The driver may assume that all set/modify control operations via
218  * the mi_* entry points are single threaded on a per mac end point.
219  *
220  * Lock and Perimeter hierarchy scenarios
221  * ---------------------------------------
222  *
223  * i_mac_impl_lock -> mi_rw_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock[i_mac_tx_srs_notify]
224  *
225  * ft_lock -> fe_lock [mac_flow_lookup]
226  *
227  * mi_rw_lock -> fe_lock [mac_bcast_send]
228  *
229  * srs_lock -> mac_bw_lock [mac_rx_srs_drain_bw]
230  *
231  * cpu_lock -> mac_srs_g_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock [mac_walk_srs_and_bind]
232  *
233  * i_dls_devnet_lock -> mac layer locks [dls_devnet_rename]
234  *
235  * Perimeters are ordered P1 -> P2 -> P3 from top to bottom in order of mac
236  * client to driver. In the case of clients that explictly use the mac provided
237  * perimeter mechanism for its serialization, the hierarchy is
238  * Perimeter -> mac layer locks, since the client never holds any locks across
239  * the mac calls. In the case of clients that use its own locks the hierarchy
240  * is Client locks -> Mac Perim -> Mac layer locks. The client never explicitly
241  * calls mac_perim_enter/exit in this case.
242  *
243  * Subflow creation rules
244  * ---------------------------
245  * o In case of a user specified cpulist present on underlying link and flows,
246  * the flows cpulist must be a subset of the underlying link.
247  * o In case of a user specified fanout mode present on link and flow, the
248  * subflow fanout count has to be less than or equal to that of the
249  * underlying link. The cpu-bindings for the subflows will be a subset of
250  * the underlying link.
251  * o In case if no cpulist specified on both underlying link and flow, the
252  * underlying link relies on a  MAC tunable to provide out of box fanout.
253  * The subflow will have no cpulist (the subflow will be unbound)
254  * o In case if no cpulist is specified on the underlying link, a subflow can
255  * carry  either a user-specified cpulist or fanout count. The cpu-bindings
256  * for the subflow will not adhere to restriction that they need to be subset
257  * of the underlying link.
258  * o In case where the underlying link is carrying either a user specified
259  * cpulist or fanout mode and for a unspecified subflow, the subflow will be
260  * created unbound.
261  * o While creating unbound subflows, bandwidth mode changes attempt to
262  * figure a right fanout count. In such cases the fanout count will override
263  * the unbound cpu-binding behavior.
264  * o In addition to this, while cycling between flow and link properties, we
265  * impose a restriction that if a link property has a subflow with
266  * user-specified attributes, we will not allow changing the link property.
267  * The administrator needs to reset all the user specified properties for the
268  * subflows before attempting a link property change.
269  * Some of the above rules can be overridden by specifying additional command
270  * line options while creating or modifying link or subflow properties.
271  *
272  * Datapath
273  * --------
274  *
275  * For information on the datapath, the world of soft rings, hardware rings, how
276  * it is structured, and the path of an mblk_t between a driver and a mac
277  * client, see mac_sched.c.
278  */
279 
280 #include <sys/types.h>
281 #include <sys/conf.h>
282 #include <sys/id_space.h>
283 #include <sys/esunddi.h>
284 #include <sys/stat.h>
285 #include <sys/mkdev.h>
286 #include <sys/stream.h>
287 #include <sys/strsun.h>
288 #include <sys/strsubr.h>
289 #include <sys/dlpi.h>
290 #include <sys/list.h>
291 #include <sys/modhash.h>
292 #include <sys/mac_provider.h>
293 #include <sys/mac_client_impl.h>
294 #include <sys/mac_soft_ring.h>
295 #include <sys/mac_stat.h>
296 #include <sys/mac_impl.h>
297 #include <sys/mac.h>
298 #include <sys/dls.h>
299 #include <sys/dld.h>
300 #include <sys/modctl.h>
301 #include <sys/fs/dv_node.h>
302 #include <sys/thread.h>
303 #include <sys/proc.h>
304 #include <sys/callb.h>
305 #include <sys/cpuvar.h>
306 #include <sys/atomic.h>
307 #include <sys/bitmap.h>
308 #include <sys/sdt.h>
309 #include <sys/mac_flow.h>
310 #include <sys/ddi_intr_impl.h>
311 #include <sys/disp.h>
312 #include <sys/sdt.h>
313 #include <sys/vnic.h>
314 #include <sys/vnic_impl.h>
315 #include <sys/vlan.h>
316 #include <inet/ip.h>
317 #include <inet/ip6.h>
318 #include <sys/exacct.h>
319 #include <sys/exacct_impl.h>
320 #include <inet/nd.h>
321 #include <sys/ethernet.h>
322 #include <sys/pool.h>
323 #include <sys/pool_pset.h>
324 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
325 #include <inet/wifi_ioctl.h>
326 #include <net/wpa.h>
327 #include <sys/mac_ether.h>
328 
329 #define	IMPL_HASHSZ	67	/* prime */
330 
331 kmem_cache_t		*i_mac_impl_cachep;
332 mod_hash_t		*i_mac_impl_hash;
333 krwlock_t		i_mac_impl_lock;
334 uint_t			i_mac_impl_count;
335 static kmem_cache_t	*mac_ring_cache;
336 static id_space_t	*minor_ids;
337 static uint32_t		minor_count;
338 static pool_event_cb_t	mac_pool_event_reg;
339 
340 /*
341  * Logging stuff. Perhaps mac_logging_interval could be broken into
342  * mac_flow_log_interval and mac_link_log_interval if we want to be
343  * able to schedule them differently.
344  */
345 uint_t			mac_logging_interval;
346 boolean_t		mac_flow_log_enable;
347 boolean_t		mac_link_log_enable;
348 timeout_id_t		mac_logging_timer;
349 
350 #define	MACTYPE_KMODDIR	"mac"
351 #define	MACTYPE_HASHSZ	67
352 static mod_hash_t	*i_mactype_hash;
353 /*
354  * i_mactype_lock synchronizes threads that obtain references to mactype_t
355  * structures through i_mactype_getplugin().
356  */
357 static kmutex_t		i_mactype_lock;
358 
359 /*
360  * mac_tx_percpu_cnt
361  *
362  * Number of per cpu locks per mac_client_impl_t. Used by the transmit side
363  * in mac_tx to reduce lock contention. This is sized at boot time in mac_init.
364  * mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max is settable in /etc/system and must be a power of 2.
365  * Per cpu locks may be disabled by setting mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 1.
366  */
367 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt;
368 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max = 128;
369 
370 /*
371  * Call back functions for the bridge module.  These are guaranteed to be valid
372  * when holding a reference on a link or when holding mip->mi_bridge_lock and
373  * mi_bridge_link is non-NULL.
374  */
375 mac_bridge_tx_t mac_bridge_tx_cb;
376 mac_bridge_rx_t mac_bridge_rx_cb;
377 mac_bridge_ref_t mac_bridge_ref_cb;
378 mac_bridge_ls_t mac_bridge_ls_cb;
379 
380 static int i_mac_constructor(void *, void *, int);
381 static void i_mac_destructor(void *, void *);
382 static int i_mac_ring_ctor(void *, void *, int);
383 static void i_mac_ring_dtor(void *, void *);
384 static flow_entry_t *mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *, mac_resource_handle_t,
385     mblk_t *);
386 void mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *);
387 void mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *);
388 static void mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *, uint_t);
389 static int mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *);
390 static void mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *);
391 static void mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t, int, void *);
392 
393 typedef struct netinfo_s {
394 	list_node_t	ni_link;
395 	void		*ni_record;
396 	int		ni_size;
397 	int		ni_type;
398 } netinfo_t;
399 
400 /*
401  * Module initialization functions.
402  */
403 
404 void
mac_init(void)405 mac_init(void)
406 {
407 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt = ddi_ncpus_expected();
408 
409 	/* Upper bound is mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max */
410 	if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt > mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max)
411 		mac_tx_percpu_cnt = mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max;
412 
413 	if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt < 1) {
414 		/* Someone set max_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 0 or less */
415 		mac_tx_percpu_cnt = 1;
416 	}
417 
418 	ASSERT(mac_tx_percpu_cnt >= 1);
419 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt = (1 << highbit(mac_tx_percpu_cnt - 1));
420 	/*
421 	 * Make it of the form 2**N - 1 in the range
422 	 * [0 .. mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max - 1]
423 	 */
424 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt--;
425 
426 	i_mac_impl_cachep = kmem_cache_create("mac_impl_cache",
427 	    sizeof (mac_impl_t), 0, i_mac_constructor, i_mac_destructor,
428 	    NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
429 	ASSERT(i_mac_impl_cachep != NULL);
430 
431 	mac_ring_cache = kmem_cache_create("mac_ring_cache",
432 	    sizeof (mac_ring_t), 0, i_mac_ring_ctor, i_mac_ring_dtor, NULL,
433 	    NULL, NULL, 0);
434 	ASSERT(mac_ring_cache != NULL);
435 
436 	i_mac_impl_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mac_impl_hash",
437 	    IMPL_HASHSZ, mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor,
438 	    mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP);
439 	rw_init(&i_mac_impl_lock, NULL, RW_DEFAULT, NULL);
440 
441 	mac_flow_init();
442 	mac_soft_ring_init();
443 	mac_bcast_init();
444 	mac_client_init();
445 
446 	i_mac_impl_count = 0;
447 
448 	i_mactype_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mactype_hash",
449 	    MACTYPE_HASHSZ,
450 	    mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor,
451 	    mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP);
452 
453 	/*
454 	 * Allocate an id space to manage minor numbers. The range of the
455 	 * space will be from MAC_MAX_MINOR+1 to MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1.  This
456 	 * leaves half of the 32-bit minors available for driver private use.
457 	 */
458 	minor_ids = id_space_create("mac_minor_ids", MAC_MAX_MINOR+1,
459 	    MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1);
460 	ASSERT(minor_ids != NULL);
461 	minor_count = 0;
462 
463 	/* Let's default to 20 seconds */
464 	mac_logging_interval = 20;
465 	mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE;
466 	mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
467 	mac_logging_timer = NULL;
468 
469 	/* Register to be notified of noteworthy pools events */
470 	mac_pool_event_reg.pec_func =  mac_pool_event_cb;
471 	mac_pool_event_reg.pec_arg = NULL;
472 	pool_event_cb_register(&mac_pool_event_reg);
473 }
474 
475 int
mac_fini(void)476 mac_fini(void)
477 {
478 
479 	if (i_mac_impl_count > 0 || minor_count > 0)
480 		return (EBUSY);
481 
482 	pool_event_cb_unregister(&mac_pool_event_reg);
483 
484 	id_space_destroy(minor_ids);
485 	mac_flow_fini();
486 
487 	mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mac_impl_hash);
488 	rw_destroy(&i_mac_impl_lock);
489 
490 	mac_client_fini();
491 	kmem_cache_destroy(mac_ring_cache);
492 
493 	mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mactype_hash);
494 	mac_soft_ring_finish();
495 
496 
497 	return (0);
498 }
499 
500 /*
501  * Initialize a GLDv3 driver's device ops.  A driver that manages its own ops
502  * (e.g. softmac) may pass in a NULL ops argument.
503  */
504 void
mac_init_ops(struct dev_ops * ops,const char * name)505 mac_init_ops(struct dev_ops *ops, const char *name)
506 {
507 	major_t major = ddi_name_to_major((char *)name);
508 
509 	/*
510 	 * By returning on error below, we are not letting the driver continue
511 	 * in an undefined context.  The mac_register() function will faill if
512 	 * DN_GLDV3_DRIVER isn't set.
513 	 */
514 	if (major == DDI_MAJOR_T_NONE)
515 		return;
516 	LOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock);
517 	devnamesp[major].dn_flags |= (DN_GLDV3_DRIVER | DN_NETWORK_DRIVER);
518 	UNLOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock);
519 	if (ops != NULL)
520 		dld_init_ops(ops, name);
521 }
522 
523 void
mac_fini_ops(struct dev_ops * ops)524 mac_fini_ops(struct dev_ops *ops)
525 {
526 	dld_fini_ops(ops);
527 }
528 
529 /*ARGSUSED*/
530 static int
i_mac_constructor(void * buf,void * arg,int kmflag)531 i_mac_constructor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag)
532 {
533 	mac_impl_t	*mip = buf;
534 
535 	bzero(buf, sizeof (mac_impl_t));
536 
537 	mip->mi_linkstate = LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN;
538 
539 	rw_init(&mip->mi_rw_lock, NULL, RW_DRIVER, NULL);
540 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_notify_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL);
541 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_promisc_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL);
542 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_ring_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
543 
544 	mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_notify_lock;
545 	cv_init(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL);
546 	mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_promisc_lock;
547 	cv_init(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL);
548 
549 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_bridge_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
550 
551 	return (0);
552 }
553 
554 /*ARGSUSED*/
555 static void
i_mac_destructor(void * buf,void * arg)556 i_mac_destructor(void *buf, void *arg)
557 {
558 	mac_impl_t	*mip = buf;
559 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
560 
561 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ref == 0);
562 	ASSERT(mip->mi_active == 0);
563 	ASSERT(mip->mi_linkstate == LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN);
564 	ASSERT(mip->mi_devpromisc == 0);
565 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ksp == NULL);
566 	ASSERT(mip->mi_kstat_count == 0);
567 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nclients == 0);
568 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0);
569 	ASSERT(mip->mi_single_active_client == NULL);
570 	ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags == 0);
571 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL);
572 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0);
573 	ASSERT(mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL);
574 
575 	mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info;
576 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0);
577 	ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_bits == 0);
578 	ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_thread == NULL);
579 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_notify_lock);
580 	mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL;
581 
582 	mcbi = &mip->mi_promisc_cb_info;
583 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL);
584 	ASSERT(mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL);
585 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_promisc_lock);
586 	mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL;
587 
588 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0 && mip->mi_bcast_grp == NULL);
589 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == NULL && mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
590 
591 	rw_destroy(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
592 
593 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_lock);
594 	cv_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv);
595 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_lock);
596 	cv_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv);
597 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
598 
599 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL);
600 }
601 
602 /* ARGSUSED */
603 static int
i_mac_ring_ctor(void * buf,void * arg,int kmflag)604 i_mac_ring_ctor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag)
605 {
606 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf;
607 
608 	bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t));
609 	cv_init(&ring->mr_cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
610 	mutex_init(&ring->mr_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
611 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
612 	return (0);
613 }
614 
615 /* ARGSUSED */
616 static void
i_mac_ring_dtor(void * buf,void * arg)617 i_mac_ring_dtor(void *buf, void *arg)
618 {
619 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf;
620 
621 	cv_destroy(&ring->mr_cv);
622 	mutex_destroy(&ring->mr_lock);
623 }
624 
625 /*
626  * Common functions to do mac callback addition and deletion. Currently this is
627  * used by promisc callbacks and notify callbacks. List addition and deletion
628  * need to take care of list walkers. List walkers in general, can't hold list
629  * locks and make upcall callbacks due to potential lock order and recursive
630  * reentry issues. Instead list walkers increment the list walker count to mark
631  * the presence of a walker thread. Addition can be carefully done to ensure
632  * that the list walker always sees either the old list or the new list.
633  * However the deletion can't be done while the walker is active, instead the
634  * deleting thread simply marks the entry as logically deleted. The last walker
635  * physically deletes and frees up the logically deleted entries when the walk
636  * is complete.
637  */
638 void
mac_callback_add(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi,mac_cb_t ** mcb_head,mac_cb_t * mcb_elem)639 mac_callback_add(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head,
640     mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
641 {
642 	mac_cb_t	*p;
643 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
644 
645 	/* Verify it is not already in the list */
646 	for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) {
647 		if (p == mcb_elem)
648 			break;
649 	}
650 	VERIFY(p == NULL);
651 
652 	/*
653 	 * Add it to the head of the callback list. The membar ensures that
654 	 * the following list pointer manipulations reach global visibility
655 	 * in exactly the program order below.
656 	 */
657 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
658 
659 	mcb_elem->mcb_nextp = *mcb_head;
660 	membar_producer();
661 	*mcb_head = mcb_elem;
662 }
663 
664 /*
665  * Mark the entry as logically deleted. If there aren't any walkers unlink
666  * from the list. In either case return the corresponding status.
667  */
668 boolean_t
mac_callback_remove(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi,mac_cb_t ** mcb_head,mac_cb_t * mcb_elem)669 mac_callback_remove(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head,
670     mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
671 {
672 	mac_cb_t	*p;
673 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
674 
675 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
676 	/*
677 	 * Search the callback list for the entry to be removed
678 	 */
679 	for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) {
680 		if (p == mcb_elem)
681 			break;
682 	}
683 	VERIFY(p != NULL);
684 
685 	/*
686 	 * If there are walkers just mark it as deleted and the last walker
687 	 * will remove from the list and free it.
688 	 */
689 	if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) {
690 		p->mcb_flags |= MCB_CONDEMNED;
691 		mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt++;
692 		return (B_FALSE);
693 	}
694 
695 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0);
696 	*pp = p->mcb_nextp;
697 	p->mcb_nextp = NULL;
698 	return (B_TRUE);
699 }
700 
701 /*
702  * Wait for all pending callback removals to be completed
703  */
704 void
mac_callback_remove_wait(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi)705 mac_callback_remove_wait(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi)
706 {
707 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
708 	while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) {
709 		DTRACE_PROBE1(need_wait, mac_cb_info_t *, mcbi);
710 		cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
711 	}
712 }
713 
714 void
mac_callback_barrier(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi)715 mac_callback_barrier(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi)
716 {
717 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
718 	ASSERT3U(mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt, <, UINT_MAX);
719 
720 	if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0) {
721 		return;
722 	}
723 
724 	mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt++;
725 	do {
726 		cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
727 	} while (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt > 0);
728 	mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt--;
729 	cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv);
730 }
731 
732 void
mac_callback_walker_enter(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi)733 mac_callback_walker_enter(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi)
734 {
735 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
736 	/*
737 	 * Incoming walkers should give precedence to timely clean-up of
738 	 * deleted callback entries and requested barriers.
739 	 */
740 	while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt > 0 || mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt > 0) {
741 		cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
742 	}
743 	mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt++;
744 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
745 }
746 
747 /*
748  * The last mac callback walker does the cleanup. Walk the list and unlik
749  * all the logically deleted entries and construct a temporary list of
750  * removed entries. Return the list of removed entries to the caller.
751  */
752 static mac_cb_t *
mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi,mac_cb_t ** mcb_head)753 mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head)
754 {
755 	mac_cb_t	*p;
756 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
757 	mac_cb_t	*rmlist = NULL;		/* List of removed elements */
758 	int	cnt = 0;
759 
760 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
761 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0);
762 
763 	pp = mcb_head;
764 	while (*pp != NULL) {
765 		if ((*pp)->mcb_flags & MCB_CONDEMNED) {
766 			p = *pp;
767 			*pp = p->mcb_nextp;
768 			p->mcb_nextp = rmlist;
769 			rmlist = p;
770 			cnt++;
771 			continue;
772 		}
773 		pp = &(*pp)->mcb_nextp;
774 	}
775 
776 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == cnt);
777 	mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt = 0;
778 	return (rmlist);
779 }
780 
781 void
mac_callback_walker_exit(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi,mac_cb_t ** headp,boolean_t is_promisc)782 mac_callback_walker_exit(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **headp,
783     boolean_t is_promisc)
784 {
785 	boolean_t do_wake = B_FALSE;
786 
787 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
788 
789 	/* If walkers remain, nothing more can be done for now */
790 	if (--mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) {
791 		mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
792 		return;
793 	}
794 
795 	if (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) {
796 		mac_cb_t *rmlist;
797 
798 		rmlist = mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mcbi, headp);
799 
800 		if (!is_promisc) {
801 			/* The "normal" non-promisc callback clean-up */
802 			mac_callback_free(rmlist);
803 		} else {
804 			mac_cb_t *mcb, *mcb_next;
805 
806 			/*
807 			 * The promisc callbacks are in 2 lists, one off the
808 			 * 'mip' and another off the 'mcip' threaded by
809 			 * mpi_mi_link and mpi_mci_link respectively.  There
810 			 * is, however, only a single shared total walker
811 			 * count, and an entry cannot be physically unlinked if
812 			 * a walker is active on either list. The last walker
813 			 * does this cleanup of logically deleted entries.
814 			 *
815 			 * With a list of callbacks deleted from above from
816 			 * mi_promisc_list (headp), remove the corresponding
817 			 * entry from mci_promisc_list (headp_pair) and free
818 			 * the structure.
819 			 */
820 			for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) {
821 				mac_promisc_impl_t *mpip;
822 				mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
823 
824 				mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp;
825 				mpip = (mac_promisc_impl_t *)mcb->mcb_objp;
826 				mcip = mpip->mpi_mcip;
827 
828 				ASSERT3P(&mcip->mci_mip->mi_promisc_cb_info,
829 				    ==, mcbi);
830 				ASSERT3P(&mcip->mci_mip->mi_promisc_list,
831 				    ==, headp);
832 
833 				VERIFY(mac_callback_remove(mcbi,
834 				    &mcip->mci_promisc_list,
835 				    &mpip->mpi_mci_link));
836 				mcb->mcb_flags = 0;
837 				mcb->mcb_nextp = NULL;
838 				kmem_cache_free(mac_promisc_impl_cache, mpip);
839 			}
840 		}
841 
842 		/*
843 		 * Wake any walker threads that could be waiting in
844 		 * mac_callback_walker_enter() until deleted items have been
845 		 * cleaned from the list.
846 		 */
847 		do_wake = B_TRUE;
848 	}
849 
850 	if (mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt != 0) {
851 		/*
852 		 * One or more threads are waiting for all walkers to exit the
853 		 * callback list.  Notify them, now that the list is clear.
854 		 */
855 		do_wake = B_TRUE;
856 	}
857 
858 	if (do_wake) {
859 		cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv);
860 	}
861 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
862 }
863 
864 static boolean_t
mac_callback_lookup(mac_cb_t ** mcb_headp,mac_cb_t * mcb_elem)865 mac_callback_lookup(mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
866 {
867 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
868 
869 	/* Verify it is not already in the list */
870 	for (mcb = *mcb_headp; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb->mcb_nextp) {
871 		if (mcb == mcb_elem)
872 			return (B_TRUE);
873 	}
874 
875 	return (B_FALSE);
876 }
877 
878 static boolean_t
mac_callback_find(mac_cb_info_t * mcbi,mac_cb_t ** mcb_headp,mac_cb_t * mcb_elem)879 mac_callback_find(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
880 {
881 	boolean_t	found;
882 
883 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
884 	found = mac_callback_lookup(mcb_headp, mcb_elem);
885 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
886 
887 	return (found);
888 }
889 
890 /* Free the list of removed callbacks */
891 void
mac_callback_free(mac_cb_t * rmlist)892 mac_callback_free(mac_cb_t *rmlist)
893 {
894 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
895 	mac_cb_t	*mcb_next;
896 
897 	for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) {
898 		mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp;
899 		kmem_free(mcb->mcb_objp, mcb->mcb_objsize);
900 	}
901 }
902 
903 void
i_mac_notify(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_notify_type_t type)904 i_mac_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_notify_type_t type)
905 {
906 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
907 
908 	/*
909 	 * Signal the notify thread even after mi_ref has become zero and
910 	 * mi_disabled is set. The synchronization with the notify thread
911 	 * happens in mac_unregister and that implies the driver must make
912 	 * sure it is single-threaded (with respect to mac calls) and that
913 	 * all pending mac calls have returned before it calls mac_unregister
914 	 */
915 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
916 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED)
917 		goto exit;
918 
919 	/*
920 	 * Guard against incorrect notifications.  (Running a newer
921 	 * mac client against an older implementation?)
922 	 */
923 	if (type >= MAC_NNOTE)
924 		goto exit;
925 
926 	mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info;
927 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
928 	mip->mi_notify_bits |= (1 << type);
929 	cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv);
930 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
931 
932 exit:
933 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
934 }
935 
936 /*
937  * Mac serialization primitives. Please see the block comment at the
938  * top of the file.
939  */
940 void
i_mac_perim_enter(mac_impl_t * mip)941 i_mac_perim_enter(mac_impl_t *mip)
942 {
943 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
944 
945 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
946 		/*
947 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
948 		 * we want to serialize on.
949 		 */
950 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
951 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
952 	}
953 
954 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
955 	if (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread) {
956 		mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
957 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
958 		return;
959 	}
960 
961 	while (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL)
962 		cv_wait(&mip->mi_perim_cv, &mip->mi_perim_lock);
963 
964 	mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread;
965 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
966 	mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
967 #ifdef DEBUG
968 	mip->mi_perim_stack_depth = getpcstack(mip->mi_perim_stack,
969 	    MAC_PERIM_STACK_DEPTH);
970 #endif
971 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
972 }
973 
974 int
i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mac_impl_t * mip)975 i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mac_impl_t *mip)
976 {
977 	/*
978 	 * The vnic is a special case, since the serialization is done based
979 	 * on the lower mac. If the lower mac is busy, it does not imply the
980 	 * vnic can't be unregistered. But in the case of other drivers,
981 	 * a busy perimeter or open mac handles implies that the mac is busy
982 	 * and can't be unregistered.
983 	 */
984 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
985 		i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
986 		return (0);
987 	}
988 
989 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
990 	if (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL) {
991 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
992 		return (EBUSY);
993 	}
994 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
995 	mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread;
996 	mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
997 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
998 
999 	return (0);
1000 }
1001 
1002 void
i_mac_perim_exit(mac_impl_t * mip)1003 i_mac_perim_exit(mac_impl_t *mip)
1004 {
1005 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
1006 
1007 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
1008 		/*
1009 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
1010 		 * we want to serialize on.
1011 		 */
1012 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
1013 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1014 	}
1015 
1016 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread && mip->mi_perim_ocnt != 0);
1017 
1018 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
1019 	if (--mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0) {
1020 		mip->mi_perim_owner = NULL;
1021 		cv_signal(&mip->mi_perim_cv);
1022 	}
1023 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
1024 }
1025 
1026 /*
1027  * Returns whether the current thread holds the mac perimeter. Used in making
1028  * assertions.
1029  */
1030 boolean_t
mac_perim_held(mac_handle_t mh)1031 mac_perim_held(mac_handle_t mh)
1032 {
1033 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1034 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
1035 
1036 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
1037 		/*
1038 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
1039 		 * we want to serialize on.
1040 		 */
1041 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
1042 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1043 	}
1044 	return (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread);
1045 }
1046 
1047 /*
1048  * mac client interfaces to enter the mac perimeter of a mac end point, given
1049  * its mac handle, or macname or linkid.
1050  */
1051 void
mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mac_handle_t mh,mac_perim_handle_t * mphp)1052 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
1053 {
1054 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1055 
1056 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
1057 	/*
1058 	 * The mac_perim_handle_t returned encodes the 'mip' and whether a
1059 	 * mac_open has been done internally while entering the perimeter.
1060 	 * This information is used in mac_perim_exit
1061 	 */
1062 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mip, 0);
1063 }
1064 
1065 int
mac_perim_enter_by_macname(const char * name,mac_perim_handle_t * mphp)1066 mac_perim_enter_by_macname(const char *name, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
1067 {
1068 	int	err;
1069 	mac_handle_t	mh;
1070 
1071 	if ((err = mac_open(name, &mh)) != 0)
1072 		return (err);
1073 
1074 	mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp);
1075 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1);
1076 	return (0);
1077 }
1078 
1079 int
mac_perim_enter_by_linkid(datalink_id_t linkid,mac_perim_handle_t * mphp)1080 mac_perim_enter_by_linkid(datalink_id_t linkid, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
1081 {
1082 	int	err;
1083 	mac_handle_t	mh;
1084 
1085 	if ((err = mac_open_by_linkid(linkid, &mh)) != 0)
1086 		return (err);
1087 
1088 	mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp);
1089 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1);
1090 	return (0);
1091 }
1092 
1093 void
mac_perim_exit(mac_perim_handle_t mph)1094 mac_perim_exit(mac_perim_handle_t mph)
1095 {
1096 	mac_impl_t	*mip;
1097 	boolean_t	need_close;
1098 
1099 	MAC_DECODE_MPH(mph, mip, need_close);
1100 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1101 	if (need_close)
1102 		mac_close((mac_handle_t)mip);
1103 }
1104 
1105 int
mac_hold(const char * macname,mac_impl_t ** pmip)1106 mac_hold(const char *macname, mac_impl_t **pmip)
1107 {
1108 	mac_impl_t	*mip;
1109 	int		err;
1110 
1111 	/*
1112 	 * Check the device name length to make sure it won't overflow our
1113 	 * buffer.
1114 	 */
1115 	if (strlen(macname) >= MAXNAMELEN)
1116 		return (EINVAL);
1117 
1118 	/*
1119 	 * Look up its entry in the global hash table.
1120 	 */
1121 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
1122 	err = mod_hash_find(i_mac_impl_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)macname,
1123 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mip);
1124 
1125 	if (err != 0) {
1126 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1127 		return (ENOENT);
1128 	}
1129 
1130 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
1131 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1132 		return (ENOENT);
1133 	}
1134 
1135 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE_HELD) {
1136 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1137 		return (EBUSY);
1138 	}
1139 
1140 	mip->mi_ref++;
1141 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1142 
1143 	*pmip = mip;
1144 	return (0);
1145 }
1146 
1147 void
mac_rele(mac_impl_t * mip)1148 mac_rele(mac_impl_t *mip)
1149 {
1150 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
1151 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ref != 0);
1152 	if (--mip->mi_ref == 0) {
1153 		ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0 &&
1154 		    !(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE));
1155 	}
1156 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1157 }
1158 
1159 /*
1160  * Private GLDv3 function to start a MAC instance.
1161  */
1162 int
mac_start(mac_handle_t mh)1163 mac_start(mac_handle_t mh)
1164 {
1165 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1166 	int		err = 0;
1167 	mac_group_t	*defgrp;
1168 
1169 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1170 	ASSERT(mip->mi_start != NULL);
1171 
1172 	/*
1173 	 * Check whether the device is already started.
1174 	 */
1175 	if (mip->mi_active++ == 0) {
1176 		mac_ring_t *ring = NULL;
1177 
1178 		/*
1179 		 * Start the device.
1180 		 */
1181 		err = mip->mi_start(mip->mi_driver);
1182 		if (err != 0) {
1183 			mip->mi_active--;
1184 			return (err);
1185 		}
1186 
1187 		/*
1188 		 * Start the default tx ring.
1189 		 */
1190 		if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) {
1191 
1192 			ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
1193 			if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
1194 				err = mac_start_ring(ring);
1195 				if (err != 0) {
1196 					mip->mi_active--;
1197 					return (err);
1198 				}
1199 			}
1200 		}
1201 
1202 		if ((defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) {
1203 			/*
1204 			 * Start the default group which is responsible
1205 			 * for receiving broadcast and multicast
1206 			 * traffic for both primary and non-primary
1207 			 * MAC clients.
1208 			 */
1209 			ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
1210 			err = mac_start_group_and_rings(defgrp);
1211 			if (err != 0) {
1212 				mip->mi_active--;
1213 				if ((ring != NULL) &&
1214 				    (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE))
1215 					mac_stop_ring(ring);
1216 				return (err);
1217 			}
1218 			mac_set_group_state(defgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
1219 		}
1220 	}
1221 
1222 	return (err);
1223 }
1224 
1225 /*
1226  * Private GLDv3 function to stop a MAC instance.
1227  */
1228 void
mac_stop(mac_handle_t mh)1229 mac_stop(mac_handle_t mh)
1230 {
1231 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1232 	mac_group_t	*grp;
1233 
1234 	ASSERT(mip->mi_stop != NULL);
1235 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1236 
1237 	/*
1238 	 * Check whether the device is still needed.
1239 	 */
1240 	ASSERT(mip->mi_active != 0);
1241 	if (--mip->mi_active == 0) {
1242 		if ((grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) {
1243 			/*
1244 			 * There should be no more active clients since the
1245 			 * MAC is being stopped. Stop the default RX group
1246 			 * and transition it back to registered state.
1247 			 *
1248 			 * When clients are torn down, the groups
1249 			 * are release via mac_release_rx_group which
1250 			 * knows the the default group is always in
1251 			 * started mode since broadcast uses it. So
1252 			 * we can assert that their are no clients
1253 			 * (since mac_bcast_add doesn't register itself
1254 			 * as a client) and group is in SHARED state.
1255 			 */
1256 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
1257 			ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(grp) &&
1258 			    mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0);
1259 			mac_stop_group_and_rings(grp);
1260 			mac_set_group_state(grp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
1261 		}
1262 
1263 		if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) {
1264 			mac_ring_t *ring;
1265 
1266 			ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
1267 			if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) {
1268 				mac_stop_ring(ring);
1269 				ring->mr_flag = 0;
1270 			}
1271 		}
1272 
1273 		/*
1274 		 * Stop the device.
1275 		 */
1276 		mip->mi_stop(mip->mi_driver);
1277 	}
1278 }
1279 
1280 int
i_mac_promisc_set(mac_impl_t * mip,boolean_t on)1281 i_mac_promisc_set(mac_impl_t *mip, boolean_t on)
1282 {
1283 	int		err = 0;
1284 
1285 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1286 	ASSERT(mip->mi_setpromisc != NULL);
1287 
1288 	if (on) {
1289 		/*
1290 		 * Enable promiscuous mode on the device if not yet enabled.
1291 		 */
1292 		if (mip->mi_devpromisc++ == 0) {
1293 			err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_TRUE);
1294 			if (err != 0) {
1295 				mip->mi_devpromisc--;
1296 				return (err);
1297 			}
1298 			i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC);
1299 		}
1300 	} else {
1301 		if (mip->mi_devpromisc == 0)
1302 			return (EPROTO);
1303 
1304 		/*
1305 		 * Disable promiscuous mode on the device if this is the last
1306 		 * enabling.
1307 		 */
1308 		if (--mip->mi_devpromisc == 0) {
1309 			err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_FALSE);
1310 			if (err != 0) {
1311 				mip->mi_devpromisc++;
1312 				return (err);
1313 			}
1314 			i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC);
1315 		}
1316 	}
1317 
1318 	return (0);
1319 }
1320 
1321 /*
1322  * The promiscuity state can change any time. If the caller needs to take
1323  * actions that are atomic with the promiscuity state, then the caller needs
1324  * to bracket the entire sequence with mac_perim_enter/exit
1325  */
1326 boolean_t
mac_promisc_get(mac_handle_t mh)1327 mac_promisc_get(mac_handle_t mh)
1328 {
1329 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1330 
1331 	/*
1332 	 * Return the current promiscuity.
1333 	 */
1334 	return (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0);
1335 }
1336 
1337 /*
1338  * Invoked at MAC instance attach time to initialize the list
1339  * of factory MAC addresses supported by a MAC instance. This function
1340  * builds a local cache in the mac_impl_t for the MAC addresses
1341  * supported by the underlying hardware. The MAC clients themselves
1342  * use the mac_addr_factory*() functions to query and reserve
1343  * factory MAC addresses.
1344  */
1345 void
mac_addr_factory_init(mac_impl_t * mip)1346 mac_addr_factory_init(mac_impl_t *mip)
1347 {
1348 	mac_capab_multifactaddr_t capab;
1349 	uint8_t *addr;
1350 	int i;
1351 
1352 	/*
1353 	 * First round to see how many factory MAC addresses are available.
1354 	 */
1355 	bzero(&capab, sizeof (capab));
1356 	if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_MULTIFACTADDR,
1357 	    &capab) || (capab.mcm_naddr == 0)) {
1358 		/*
1359 		 * The MAC instance doesn't support multiple factory
1360 		 * MAC addresses, we're done here.
1361 		 */
1362 		return;
1363 	}
1364 
1365 	/*
1366 	 * Allocate the space and get all the factory addresses.
1367 	 */
1368 	addr = kmem_alloc(capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN, KM_SLEEP);
1369 	capab.mcm_getaddr(mip->mi_driver, capab.mcm_naddr, addr);
1370 
1371 	mip->mi_factory_addr_num = capab.mcm_naddr;
1372 	mip->mi_factory_addr = kmem_zalloc(mip->mi_factory_addr_num *
1373 	    sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t), KM_SLEEP);
1374 
1375 	for (i = 0; i < capab.mcm_naddr; i++) {
1376 		bcopy(addr + i * MAXMACADDRLEN,
1377 		    mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_addr,
1378 		    mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length);
1379 		mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE;
1380 	}
1381 
1382 	kmem_free(addr, capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN);
1383 }
1384 
1385 void
mac_addr_factory_fini(mac_impl_t * mip)1386 mac_addr_factory_fini(mac_impl_t *mip)
1387 {
1388 	if (mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL) {
1389 		ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0);
1390 		return;
1391 	}
1392 
1393 	kmem_free(mip->mi_factory_addr, mip->mi_factory_addr_num *
1394 	    sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t));
1395 
1396 	mip->mi_factory_addr = NULL;
1397 	mip->mi_factory_addr_num = 0;
1398 }
1399 
1400 /*
1401  * Reserve a factory MAC address. If *slot is set to -1, the function
1402  * attempts to reserve any of the available factory MAC addresses and
1403  * returns the reserved slot id. If no slots are available, the function
1404  * returns ENOSPC. If *slot is not set to -1, the function reserves
1405  * the specified slot if it is available, or returns EBUSY is the slot
1406  * is already used. Returns ENOTSUP if the underlying MAC does not
1407  * support multiple factory addresses. If the slot number is not -1 but
1408  * is invalid, returns EINVAL.
1409  */
1410 int
mac_addr_factory_reserve(mac_client_handle_t mch,int * slot)1411 mac_addr_factory_reserve(mac_client_handle_t mch, int *slot)
1412 {
1413 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1414 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1415 	int i, ret = 0;
1416 
1417 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
1418 	/*
1419 	 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent
1420 	 * view of the factory addresses
1421 	 */
1422 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
1423 
1424 	if (mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0) {
1425 		ret = ENOTSUP;
1426 		goto bail;
1427 	}
1428 
1429 	if (*slot != -1) {
1430 		/* check the specified slot */
1431 		if (*slot < 1 || *slot > mip->mi_factory_addr_num) {
1432 			ret = EINVAL;
1433 			goto bail;
1434 		}
1435 		if (mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use) {
1436 			ret = EBUSY;
1437 			goto bail;
1438 		}
1439 	} else {
1440 		/* pick the next available slot */
1441 		for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_factory_addr_num; i++) {
1442 			if (!mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use)
1443 				break;
1444 		}
1445 
1446 		if (i == mip->mi_factory_addr_num) {
1447 			ret = ENOSPC;
1448 			goto bail;
1449 		}
1450 		*slot = i+1;
1451 	}
1452 
1453 	mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_TRUE;
1454 	mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_client = mcip;
1455 
1456 bail:
1457 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1458 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1459 	return (ret);
1460 }
1461 
1462 /*
1463  * Release the specified factory MAC address slot.
1464  */
1465 void
mac_addr_factory_release(mac_client_handle_t mch,uint_t slot)1466 mac_addr_factory_release(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t slot)
1467 {
1468 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1469 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1470 
1471 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
1472 	/*
1473 	 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent
1474 	 * view of the factory addresses
1475 	 */
1476 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
1477 
1478 	ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1479 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use);
1480 
1481 	mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE;
1482 
1483 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1484 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1485 }
1486 
1487 /*
1488  * Stores in mac_addr the value of the specified MAC address. Returns
1489  * 0 on success, or EINVAL if the slot number is not valid for the MAC.
1490  * The caller must provide a string of at least MAXNAMELEN bytes.
1491  */
1492 void
mac_addr_factory_value(mac_handle_t mh,int slot,uchar_t * mac_addr,uint_t * addr_len,char * client_name,boolean_t * in_use_arg)1493 mac_addr_factory_value(mac_handle_t mh, int slot, uchar_t *mac_addr,
1494     uint_t *addr_len, char *client_name, boolean_t *in_use_arg)
1495 {
1496 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1497 	boolean_t in_use;
1498 
1499 	ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1500 
1501 	/*
1502 	 * Readers need to hold mi_rw_lock. Writers need to hold mac perimeter
1503 	 * and mi_rw_lock
1504 	 */
1505 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER);
1506 	bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_addr, mac_addr, MAXMACADDRLEN);
1507 	*addr_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
1508 	in_use = mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use;
1509 	if (in_use && client_name != NULL) {
1510 		bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_client->mci_name,
1511 		    client_name, MAXNAMELEN);
1512 	}
1513 	if (in_use_arg != NULL)
1514 		*in_use_arg = in_use;
1515 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1516 }
1517 
1518 /*
1519  * Returns the number of factory MAC addresses (in addition to the
1520  * primary MAC address), 0 if the underlying MAC doesn't support
1521  * that feature.
1522  */
1523 uint_t
mac_addr_factory_num(mac_handle_t mh)1524 mac_addr_factory_num(mac_handle_t mh)
1525 {
1526 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1527 
1528 	return (mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1529 }
1530 
1531 
1532 void
mac_rx_group_unmark(mac_group_t * grp,uint_t flag)1533 mac_rx_group_unmark(mac_group_t *grp, uint_t flag)
1534 {
1535 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
1536 
1537 	for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next)
1538 		ring->mr_flag &= ~flag;
1539 }
1540 
1541 /*
1542  * The following mac_hwrings_xxx() functions are private mac client functions
1543  * used by the aggr driver to access and control the underlying HW Rx group
1544  * and rings. In this case, the aggr driver has exclusive control of the
1545  * underlying HW Rx group/rings, it calls the following functions to
1546  * start/stop the HW Rx rings, disable/enable polling, add/remove MAC
1547  * addresses, or set up the Rx callback.
1548  */
1549 /* ARGSUSED */
1550 static void
mac_hwrings_rx_process(void * arg,mac_resource_handle_t srs,mblk_t * mp_chain,boolean_t loopback)1551 mac_hwrings_rx_process(void *arg, mac_resource_handle_t srs,
1552     mblk_t *mp_chain, boolean_t loopback)
1553 {
1554 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)srs;
1555 	mac_srs_rx_t		*srs_rx = &mac_srs->srs_rx;
1556 	mac_direct_rx_t		proc;
1557 	void			*arg1;
1558 	mac_resource_handle_t	arg2;
1559 
1560 	proc = srs_rx->sr_func;
1561 	arg1 = srs_rx->sr_arg1;
1562 	arg2 = mac_srs->srs_mrh;
1563 
1564 	proc(arg1, arg2, mp_chain, NULL);
1565 }
1566 
1567 /*
1568  * This function is called to get the list of HW rings that are reserved by
1569  * an exclusive mac client.
1570  *
1571  * Return value: the number of HW rings.
1572  */
1573 int
mac_hwrings_get(mac_client_handle_t mch,mac_group_handle_t * hwgh,mac_ring_handle_t * hwrh,mac_ring_type_t rtype)1574 mac_hwrings_get(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh,
1575     mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
1576 {
1577 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1578 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
1579 	mac_group_t		*grp;
1580 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
1581 	int			cnt = 0;
1582 
1583 	if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1584 		grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group;
1585 	} else if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
1586 		grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group;
1587 	} else {
1588 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
1589 		return (-1);
1590 	}
1591 
1592 	/*
1593 	 * The MAC client did not reserve an Rx group, return directly.
1594 	 * This is probably because the underlying MAC does not support
1595 	 * any groups.
1596 	 */
1597 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1598 		*hwgh = NULL;
1599 	if (grp == NULL)
1600 		return (0);
1601 	/*
1602 	 * This group must be reserved by this MAC client.
1603 	 */
1604 	ASSERT((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) &&
1605 	    (mcip == MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp)));
1606 
1607 	for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) {
1608 		ASSERT(cnt < MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP);
1609 		hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
1610 	}
1611 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1612 		*hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp;
1613 
1614 	return (cnt);
1615 }
1616 
1617 /*
1618  * Get the HW ring handles of the given group index. If the MAC
1619  * doesn't have a group at this index, or any groups at all, then 0 is
1620  * returned and hwgh is set to NULL. This is a private client API. The
1621  * MAC perimeter must be held when calling this function.
1622  *
1623  * mh: A handle to the MAC that owns the group.
1624  *
1625  * idx: The index of the HW group to be read.
1626  *
1627  * hwgh: If non-NULL, contains a handle to the HW group on return.
1628  *
1629  * hwrh: An array of ring handles pointing to the HW rings in the
1630  * group. The array must be large enough to hold a handle to each ring
1631  * in the group. To be safe, this array should be of size MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP.
1632  *
1633  * rtype: Used to determine if we are fetching Rx or Tx rings.
1634  *
1635  * Returns the number of rings in the group.
1636  */
1637 uint_t
mac_hwrings_idx_get(mac_handle_t mh,uint_t idx,mac_group_handle_t * hwgh,mac_ring_handle_t * hwrh,mac_ring_type_t rtype)1638 mac_hwrings_idx_get(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t idx, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh,
1639     mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
1640 {
1641 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1642 	mac_group_t		*grp;
1643 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
1644 	uint_t			cnt = 0;
1645 
1646 	/*
1647 	 * The MAC perimeter must be held when accessing the
1648 	 * mi_{rx,tx}_groups fields.
1649 	 */
1650 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
1651 	ASSERT(rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX || rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX);
1652 
1653 	if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1654 		grp = mip->mi_rx_groups;
1655 	} else {
1656 		ASSERT(rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX);
1657 		grp = mip->mi_tx_groups;
1658 	}
1659 
1660 	while (grp != NULL && grp->mrg_index != idx)
1661 		grp = grp->mrg_next;
1662 
1663 	/*
1664 	 * If the MAC doesn't have a group at this index or doesn't
1665 	 * impelement RINGS capab, then set hwgh to NULL and return 0.
1666 	 */
1667 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1668 		*hwgh = NULL;
1669 
1670 	if (grp == NULL)
1671 		return (0);
1672 
1673 	ASSERT3U(idx, ==, grp->mrg_index);
1674 
1675 	for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) {
1676 		ASSERT3U(cnt, <, MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP);
1677 		hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
1678 	}
1679 
1680 	/* A group should always have at least one ring. */
1681 	ASSERT3U(cnt, >, 0);
1682 
1683 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1684 		*hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp;
1685 
1686 	return (cnt);
1687 }
1688 
1689 /*
1690  * This function is called to get info about Tx/Rx rings.
1691  *
1692  * Return value: returns uint_t which will have various bits set
1693  * that indicates different properties of the ring.
1694  */
1695 uint_t
mac_hwring_getinfo(mac_ring_handle_t rh)1696 mac_hwring_getinfo(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1697 {
1698 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1699 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1700 
1701 	return (info->mri_flags);
1702 }
1703 
1704 /*
1705  * Set the passthru callback on the hardware ring.
1706  */
1707 void
mac_hwring_set_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh,mac_rx_t fn,void * arg1,mac_resource_handle_t arg2)1708 mac_hwring_set_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_rx_t fn, void *arg1,
1709     mac_resource_handle_t arg2)
1710 {
1711 	mac_ring_t *hwring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1712 
1713 	ASSERT3S(hwring->mr_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
1714 
1715 	hwring->mr_classify_type = MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER;
1716 
1717 	hwring->mr_pt_fn = fn;
1718 	hwring->mr_pt_arg1 = arg1;
1719 	hwring->mr_pt_arg2 = arg2;
1720 }
1721 
1722 /*
1723  * Clear the passthru callback on the hardware ring.
1724  */
1725 void
mac_hwring_clear_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh)1726 mac_hwring_clear_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh)
1727 {
1728 	mac_ring_t *hwring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1729 
1730 	ASSERT3S(hwring->mr_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
1731 
1732 	hwring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER;
1733 
1734 	hwring->mr_pt_fn = NULL;
1735 	hwring->mr_pt_arg1 = NULL;
1736 	hwring->mr_pt_arg2 = NULL;
1737 }
1738 
1739 void
mac_client_set_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch,mac_rx_t func,void * arg1)1740 mac_client_set_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_rx_t func, void *arg1)
1741 {
1742 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1743 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
1744 
1745 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
1746 	flent->fe_cb_fn = (flow_fn_t)func;
1747 	flent->fe_cb_arg1 = arg1;
1748 	flent->fe_cb_arg2 = NULL;
1749 	flent->fe_flags &= ~FE_MC_NO_DATAPATH;
1750 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
1751 }
1752 
1753 void
mac_client_clear_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch)1754 mac_client_clear_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch)
1755 {
1756 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1757 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
1758 
1759 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
1760 	flent->fe_cb_fn = (flow_fn_t)mac_rx_def;
1761 	flent->fe_cb_arg1 = NULL;
1762 	flent->fe_cb_arg2 = NULL;
1763 	flent->fe_flags |= FE_MC_NO_DATAPATH;
1764 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
1765 }
1766 
1767 /*
1768  * Export ddi interrupt handles from the HW ring to the pseudo ring and
1769  * setup the RX callback of the mac client which exclusively controls
1770  * HW ring.
1771  */
1772 void
mac_hwring_setup(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh,mac_resource_handle_t prh,mac_ring_handle_t pseudo_rh)1773 mac_hwring_setup(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_resource_handle_t prh,
1774     mac_ring_handle_t pseudo_rh)
1775 {
1776 	mac_ring_t		*hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1777 	mac_ring_t		*pseudo_ring;
1778 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs;
1779 
1780 	if (pseudo_rh != NULL) {
1781 		pseudo_ring = (mac_ring_t *)pseudo_rh;
1782 		/* Export the ddi handles to pseudo ring */
1783 		pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle =
1784 		    hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle;
1785 		pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
1786 		    hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared;
1787 		/*
1788 		 * Save a pointer to pseudo ring in the hw ring. If
1789 		 * interrupt handle changes, the hw ring will be
1790 		 * notified of the change (see mac_ring_intr_set())
1791 		 * and the appropriate change has to be made to
1792 		 * the pseudo ring that has exported the ddi handle.
1793 		 */
1794 		hw_ring->mr_prh = pseudo_rh;
1795 	}
1796 
1797 	if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1798 		ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1799 		mac_srs->srs_mrh = prh;
1800 		mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_hwrings_rx_process;
1801 	}
1802 }
1803 
1804 void
mac_hwring_teardown(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh)1805 mac_hwring_teardown(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh)
1806 {
1807 	mac_ring_t		*hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1808 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
1809 
1810 	if (hw_ring == NULL)
1811 		return;
1812 	hw_ring->mr_prh = NULL;
1813 	if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1814 		mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs;
1815 		ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1816 		mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_rx_srs_process;
1817 		mac_srs->srs_mrh = NULL;
1818 	}
1819 }
1820 
1821 int
mac_hwring_disable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)1822 mac_hwring_disable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1823 {
1824 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1825 	mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr;
1826 
1827 	return (intr->mi_disable(intr->mi_handle));
1828 }
1829 
1830 int
mac_hwring_enable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)1831 mac_hwring_enable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1832 {
1833 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1834 	mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr;
1835 
1836 	return (intr->mi_enable(intr->mi_handle));
1837 }
1838 
1839 /*
1840  * Start the HW ring pointed to by rh.
1841  *
1842  * This is used by special MAC clients that are MAC themselves and
1843  * need to exert control over the underlying HW rings of the NIC.
1844  */
1845 int
mac_hwring_start(mac_ring_handle_t rh)1846 mac_hwring_start(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1847 {
1848 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1849 	int rv = 0;
1850 
1851 	if (rr_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE)
1852 		rv = mac_start_ring(rr_ring);
1853 
1854 	return (rv);
1855 }
1856 
1857 /*
1858  * Stop the HW ring pointed to by rh. Also see mac_hwring_start().
1859  */
1860 void
mac_hwring_stop(mac_ring_handle_t rh)1861 mac_hwring_stop(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1862 {
1863 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1864 
1865 	if (rr_ring->mr_state != MR_FREE)
1866 		mac_stop_ring(rr_ring);
1867 }
1868 
1869 /*
1870  * Remove the quiesced flag from the HW ring pointed to by rh.
1871  *
1872  * This is used by special MAC clients that are MAC themselves and
1873  * need to exert control over the underlying HW rings of the NIC.
1874  */
1875 int
mac_hwring_activate(mac_ring_handle_t rh)1876 mac_hwring_activate(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1877 {
1878 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1879 
1880 	MAC_RING_UNMARK(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE);
1881 	return (0);
1882 }
1883 
1884 /*
1885  * Quiesce the HW ring pointed to by rh. Also see mac_hwring_activate().
1886  */
1887 void
mac_hwring_quiesce(mac_ring_handle_t rh)1888 mac_hwring_quiesce(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1889 {
1890 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1891 
1892 	mac_rx_ring_quiesce(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE);
1893 }
1894 
1895 mblk_t *
mac_hwring_poll(mac_ring_handle_t rh,int bytes_to_pickup)1896 mac_hwring_poll(mac_ring_handle_t rh, int bytes_to_pickup)
1897 {
1898 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1899 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &rr_ring->mr_info;
1900 
1901 	return (info->mri_poll(info->mri_driver, bytes_to_pickup));
1902 }
1903 
1904 /*
1905  * Send packets through a selected tx ring.
1906  */
1907 mblk_t *
mac_hwring_tx(mac_ring_handle_t rh,mblk_t * mp)1908 mac_hwring_tx(mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
1909 {
1910 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1911 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1912 
1913 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
1914 	    ring->mr_state >= MR_INUSE);
1915 	return (info->mri_tx(info->mri_driver, mp));
1916 }
1917 
1918 /*
1919  * Query stats for a particular rx/tx ring
1920  */
1921 int
mac_hwring_getstat(mac_ring_handle_t rh,uint_t stat,uint64_t * val)1922 mac_hwring_getstat(mac_ring_handle_t rh, uint_t stat, uint64_t *val)
1923 {
1924 	mac_ring_t	*ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1925 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1926 
1927 	return (info->mri_stat(info->mri_driver, stat, val));
1928 }
1929 
1930 /*
1931  * Private function that is only used by aggr to send packets through
1932  * a port/Tx ring. Since aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports
1933  * that does not expose Tx rings, aggr_ring_tx() entry point needs
1934  * access to mac_impl_t to send packets through m_tx() entry point.
1935  * It accomplishes this by calling mac_hwring_send_priv() function.
1936  */
1937 mblk_t *
mac_hwring_send_priv(mac_client_handle_t mch,mac_ring_handle_t rh,mblk_t * mp)1938 mac_hwring_send_priv(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
1939 {
1940 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1941 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1942 
1943 	return (mac_provider_tx(mip, rh, mp, mcip));
1944 }
1945 
1946 /*
1947  * Private function that is only used by aggr to update the default transmission
1948  * ring. Because aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports that may
1949  * temporarily be down, it may need to update the default ring that is used by
1950  * MAC such that it refers to a link that can actively be used to send traffic.
1951  * Note that this is different from the case where the port has been removed
1952  * from the group. In those cases, all of the rings will be torn down because
1953  * the ring will no longer exist. It's important to give aggr a case where the
1954  * rings can still exist such that it may be able to continue to send LACP PDUs
1955  * to potentially restore the link.
1956  */
1957 void
mac_hwring_set_default(mac_handle_t mh,mac_ring_handle_t rh)1958 mac_hwring_set_default(mac_handle_t mh, mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1959 {
1960 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1961 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1962 
1963 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
1964 	VERIFY(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR);
1965 
1966 	/*
1967 	 * We used to condition this assignment on the ring's
1968 	 * 'mr_state' being one of 'MR_INUSE'. However, there are
1969 	 * cases where this is called before the ring has any active
1970 	 * clients, and therefore is not marked as in use. Since the
1971 	 * sole purpose of this function is for aggr to make sure
1972 	 * 'mi_default_tx_ring' matches 'lg_tx_ports[0]', its
1973 	 * imperative that we update its value regardless of ring
1974 	 * state. Otherwise, we can end up in a state where
1975 	 * 'mi_default_tx_ring' points to a pseudo ring of a downed
1976 	 * port, even when 'lg_tx_ports[0]' points to a port that is
1977 	 * up.
1978 	 */
1979 	mip->mi_default_tx_ring = rh;
1980 }
1981 
1982 int
mac_hwgroup_addmac(mac_group_handle_t gh,const uint8_t * addr)1983 mac_hwgroup_addmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr)
1984 {
1985 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
1986 
1987 	return (mac_group_addmac(group, addr));
1988 }
1989 
1990 int
mac_hwgroup_remmac(mac_group_handle_t gh,const uint8_t * addr)1991 mac_hwgroup_remmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr)
1992 {
1993 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
1994 
1995 	return (mac_group_remmac(group, addr));
1996 }
1997 
1998 /*
1999  * Program the group's HW VLAN filter if it has such support.
2000  * Otherwise, the group will implicitly accept tagged traffic and
2001  * there is nothing to do.
2002  */
2003 int
mac_hwgroup_addvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh,uint16_t vid)2004 mac_hwgroup_addvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh, uint16_t vid)
2005 {
2006 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
2007 
2008 	if (!MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group))
2009 		return (0);
2010 
2011 	return (mac_group_addvlan(group, vid));
2012 }
2013 
2014 int
mac_hwgroup_remvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh,uint16_t vid)2015 mac_hwgroup_remvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh, uint16_t vid)
2016 {
2017 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
2018 
2019 	if (!MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group))
2020 		return (0);
2021 
2022 	return (mac_group_remvlan(group, vid));
2023 }
2024 
2025 /*
2026  * Determine if a MAC has HW VLAN support. This is a private API
2027  * consumed by aggr. In the future it might be nice to have a bitfield
2028  * in mac_capab_rings_t to track which forms of HW filtering are
2029  * supported by the MAC.
2030  */
2031 boolean_t
mac_has_hw_vlan(mac_handle_t mh)2032 mac_has_hw_vlan(mac_handle_t mh)
2033 {
2034 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2035 
2036 	return (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(mip->mi_rx_groups));
2037 }
2038 
2039 /*
2040  * Get the number of Rx HW groups on this MAC.
2041  */
2042 uint_t
mac_get_num_rx_groups(mac_handle_t mh)2043 mac_get_num_rx_groups(mac_handle_t mh)
2044 {
2045 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2046 
2047 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
2048 	return (mip->mi_rx_group_count);
2049 }
2050 
2051 int
mac_set_promisc(mac_handle_t mh,boolean_t value)2052 mac_set_promisc(mac_handle_t mh, boolean_t value)
2053 {
2054 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2055 
2056 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
2057 	return (i_mac_promisc_set(mip, value));
2058 }
2059 
2060 /*
2061  * Set the RX group to be shared/reserved. Note that the group must be
2062  * started/stopped outside of this function.
2063  */
2064 void
mac_set_group_state(mac_group_t * grp,mac_group_state_t state)2065 mac_set_group_state(mac_group_t *grp, mac_group_state_t state)
2066 {
2067 	/*
2068 	 * If there is no change in the group state, just return.
2069 	 */
2070 	if (grp->mrg_state == state)
2071 		return;
2072 
2073 	switch (state) {
2074 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED:
2075 		/*
2076 		 * Successfully reserved the group.
2077 		 *
2078 		 * Given that there is an exclusive client controlling this
2079 		 * group, we enable the group level polling when available,
2080 		 * so that SRSs get to turn on/off individual rings they's
2081 		 * assigned to.
2082 		 */
2083 		ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh));
2084 
2085 		if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
2086 		    GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) {
2087 			GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp));
2088 		}
2089 		break;
2090 
2091 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED:
2092 		/*
2093 		 * Set all rings of this group to software classified.
2094 		 * If the group has an overriding interrupt, then re-enable it.
2095 		 */
2096 		ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh));
2097 
2098 		if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
2099 		    GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) {
2100 			GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp));
2101 		}
2102 		/* The ring is not available for reservations any more */
2103 		break;
2104 
2105 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED:
2106 		/* Also callable from mac_register, perim is not held */
2107 		break;
2108 
2109 	default:
2110 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
2111 		break;
2112 	}
2113 
2114 	grp->mrg_state = state;
2115 }
2116 
2117 /*
2118  * Quiesce future hardware classified packets for the specified Rx ring
2119  */
2120 static void
mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t * rx_ring,uint_t ring_flag)2121 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *rx_ring, uint_t ring_flag)
2122 {
2123 	ASSERT(rx_ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER);
2124 	ASSERT(ring_flag == MR_CONDEMNED || ring_flag  == MR_QUIESCE);
2125 
2126 	mutex_enter(&rx_ring->mr_lock);
2127 	rx_ring->mr_flag |= ring_flag;
2128 	while (rx_ring->mr_refcnt != 0)
2129 		cv_wait(&rx_ring->mr_cv, &rx_ring->mr_lock);
2130 	mutex_exit(&rx_ring->mr_lock);
2131 }
2132 
2133 /*
2134  * Please see mac_tx for details about the per cpu locking scheme
2135  */
2136 static void
mac_tx_lock_all(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2137 mac_tx_lock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2138 {
2139 	int	i;
2140 
2141 	for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++)
2142 		mutex_enter(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
2143 }
2144 
2145 static void
mac_tx_unlock_all(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2146 mac_tx_unlock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2147 {
2148 	int	i;
2149 
2150 	for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i >= 0; i--)
2151 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
2152 }
2153 
2154 static void
mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2155 mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2156 {
2157 	int	i;
2158 
2159 	for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i > 0; i--)
2160 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
2161 }
2162 
2163 static int
mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2164 mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2165 {
2166 	int	i;
2167 	int	refcnt = 0;
2168 
2169 	for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++)
2170 		refcnt += mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_refcnt;
2171 
2172 	return (refcnt);
2173 }
2174 
2175 /*
2176  * Stop future Tx packets coming down from the client in preparation for
2177  * quiescing the Tx side. This is needed for dynamic reclaim and reassignment
2178  * of rings between clients
2179  */
2180 void
mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2181 mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2182 {
2183 	mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
2184 	mcip->mci_tx_flag |= MCI_TX_QUIESCE;
2185 	while (mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mcip) != 0) {
2186 		mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mcip);
2187 		cv_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_cv, &mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock);
2188 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock);
2189 		mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
2190 	}
2191 	mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip);
2192 }
2193 
2194 void
mac_tx_client_unblock(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2195 mac_tx_client_unblock(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2196 {
2197 	mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
2198 	mcip->mci_tx_flag &= ~MCI_TX_QUIESCE;
2199 	mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip);
2200 	/*
2201 	 * We may fail to disable flow control for the last MAC_NOTE_TX
2202 	 * notification because the MAC client is quiesced. Send the
2203 	 * notification again.
2204 	 */
2205 	i_mac_notify(mcip->mci_mip, MAC_NOTE_TX);
2206 }
2207 
2208 /*
2209  * Wait for an SRS to quiesce. The SRS worker will signal us when the
2210  * quiesce is done.
2211  */
2212 static void
mac_srs_quiesce_wait(mac_soft_ring_set_t * srs,const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_flag)2213 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs,
2214     const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_flag)
2215 {
2216 	mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock);
2217 	while (!(srs->srs_state & srs_flag))
2218 		cv_wait(&srs->srs_quiesce_done_cv, &srs->srs_lock);
2219 	mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock);
2220 }
2221 
2222 /*
2223  * Quiescing an Rx SRS is achieved by the following sequence. The protocol
2224  * works bottom up by cutting off packet flow from the bottommost point in the
2225  * mac, then the SRS, and then the soft rings. There are 2 use cases of this
2226  * mechanism. One is a temporary quiesce of the SRS, such as say while changing
2227  * the Rx callbacks. Another use case is Rx SRS teardown. In the former case
2228  * the QUIESCE prefix/suffix is used and in the latter the CONDEMNED is used
2229  * for the SRS and MR flags. In the former case the threads pause waiting for
2230  * a restart, while in the latter case the threads exit. The Tx SRS teardown
2231  * is also mostly similar to the above.
2232  *
2233  * 1. Stop future hardware classified packets at the lowest level in the mac.
2234  *    Remove any hardware classification rule (CONDEMNED case) and mark the
2235  *    rings as CONDEMNED or QUIESCE as appropriate. This prevents the mr_refcnt
2236  *    from increasing. Upcalls from the driver that come through hardware
2237  *    classification will be dropped in mac_rx from now on. Then we wait for
2238  *    the mr_refcnt to drop to zero. When the mr_refcnt reaches zero we are
2239  *    sure there aren't any upcall threads from the driver through hardware
2240  *    classification. In the case of SRS teardown we also remove the
2241  *    classification rule in the driver.
2242  *
2243  * 2. Stop future software classified packets by marking the flow entry with
2244  *    FE_QUIESCE or FE_CONDEMNED as appropriate which prevents the refcnt from
2245  *    increasing. We also remove the flow entry from the table in the latter
2246  *    case. Then wait for the fe_refcnt to reach an appropriate quiescent value
2247  *    that indicates there aren't any active threads using that flow entry.
2248  *
2249  * 3. Quiesce the SRS and softrings by signaling the SRS. The SRS poll thread,
2250  *    SRS worker thread, and the soft ring threads are quiesced in sequence
2251  *    with the SRS worker thread serving as a master controller. This
2252  *    mechansim is explained in mac_srs_worker_quiesce().
2253  *
2254  * The restart mechanism to reactivate the SRS and softrings is explained
2255  * in mac_srs_worker_restart(). Here we just signal the SRS worker to start the
2256  * restart sequence.
2257  */
2258 void
mac_rx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t * srs,const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag)2259 mac_rx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs,
2260     const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag)
2261 {
2262 	flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent;
2263 	uint_t mr_flag;
2264 	mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_done_flag;
2265 
2266 	VERIFY(mac_perim_held((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent)));
2267 	VERIFY0(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX);
2268 
2269 	if (srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED) {
2270 		mr_flag = MR_CONDEMNED;
2271 		srs_done_flag = SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE;
2272 
2273 		if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_V4) {
2274 			mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs,
2275 			    B_FALSE);
2276 		}
2277 
2278 		if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_V6) {
2279 			mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs,
2280 			    B_TRUE);
2281 		}
2282 	} else {
2283 		VERIFY3U(srs_quiesce_flag, ==, SRS_QUIESCE);
2284 		mr_flag = MR_QUIESCE;
2285 		srs_done_flag = SRS_QUIESCE_DONE;
2286 		mac_srs_client_poll_quiesce(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
2287 	}
2288 
2289 	if (srs->srs_ring != NULL) {
2290 		mac_rx_ring_quiesce(srs->srs_ring, mr_flag);
2291 	} else {
2292 		/*
2293 		 * SRS is driven by software classification. In case
2294 		 * of CONDEMNED, the top level teardown functions will
2295 		 * deal with flow removal.
2296 		 */
2297 		if (srs_quiesce_flag != SRS_CONDEMNED) {
2298 			FLOW_MARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE);
2299 			mac_flow_wait(flent, FLOW_DRIVER_UPCALL);
2300 		}
2301 	}
2302 
2303 	/*
2304 	 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the
2305 	 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us
2306 	 * up when the quiesce is complete
2307 	 */
2308 	mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag);
2309 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_done_flag);
2310 }
2311 
2312 /*
2313  * Remove an SRS.
2314  */
2315 void
mac_rx_srs_remove(mac_soft_ring_set_t * srs)2316 mac_rx_srs_remove(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
2317 {
2318 	flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent;
2319 	int i;
2320 
2321 	mac_rx_srs_quiesce(srs, SRS_CONDEMNED);
2322 	/*
2323 	 * Locate and remove our entry in the fe_rx_srs[] array, and
2324 	 * adjust the fe_rx_srs array entries and array count by
2325 	 * moving the last entry into the vacated spot.
2326 	 */
2327 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
2328 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
2329 		if (flent->fe_rx_srs[i] == srs)
2330 			break;
2331 	}
2332 
2333 	ASSERT(i != 0 && i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt);
2334 	if (i != flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1) {
2335 		flent->fe_rx_srs[i] =
2336 		    flent->fe_rx_srs[flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1];
2337 		i = flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1;
2338 	}
2339 
2340 	flent->fe_rx_srs[i] = NULL;
2341 	flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt--;
2342 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
2343 
2344 	mac_srs_free(srs);
2345 }
2346 
2347 static void
mac_srs_clear_flag(mac_soft_ring_set_t * srs,const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t flag)2348 mac_srs_clear_flag(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs,
2349     const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t flag)
2350 {
2351 	mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock);
2352 	srs->srs_state &= ~flag;
2353 	mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock);
2354 }
2355 
2356 void
mac_rx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t * srs)2357 mac_rx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
2358 {
2359 	flow_entry_t	*flent = srs->srs_flent;
2360 	mac_ring_t	*mr;
2361 
2362 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent)));
2363 	ASSERT((srs->srs_type & SRST_TX) == 0);
2364 
2365 	/*
2366 	 * This handles a change in the number of SRSs between the quiesce and
2367 	 * and restart operation of a flow.
2368 	 */
2369 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs))
2370 		return;
2371 
2372 	/*
2373 	 * Signal the SRS to restart itself. Wait for the restart to complete
2374 	 * Note that we only restart the SRS if it is not marked as
2375 	 * permanently quiesced.
2376 	 */
2377 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED_PERMANENT(srs)) {
2378 		mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART);
2379 		mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2380 		mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2381 
2382 		mac_srs_client_poll_restart(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
2383 	}
2384 
2385 	/* Finally clear the flags to let the packets in */
2386 	mr = srs->srs_ring;
2387 	if (mr != NULL) {
2388 		MAC_RING_UNMARK(mr, MR_QUIESCE);
2389 		/* In case the ring was stopped, safely restart it */
2390 		if (mr->mr_state != MR_INUSE)
2391 			(void) mac_start_ring(mr);
2392 	} else {
2393 		FLOW_UNMARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE);
2394 	}
2395 }
2396 
2397 /*
2398  * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS.
2399  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem.
2400  */
2401 /* ARGSUSED */
2402 int
mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t * flent,void * arg)2403 mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2404 {
2405 	int		i;
2406 
2407 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
2408 		mac_rx_srs_quiesce((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i],
2409 		    SRS_QUIESCE);
2410 	}
2411 	return (0);
2412 }
2413 
2414 /*
2415  * Restart a flow and associated Rx SRS that has been quiesced temporarily
2416  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem
2417  */
2418 /* ARGSUSED */
2419 int
mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(flow_entry_t * flent,void * arg)2420 mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2421 {
2422 	int		i;
2423 
2424 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++)
2425 		mac_rx_srs_restart((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]);
2426 
2427 	return (0);
2428 }
2429 
2430 void
mac_srs_perm_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch,boolean_t on)2431 mac_srs_perm_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, boolean_t on)
2432 {
2433 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2434 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
2435 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2436 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
2437 	int			i;
2438 
2439 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2440 
2441 	if (flent == NULL)
2442 		return;
2443 
2444 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
2445 		mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
2446 		mutex_enter(&mac_srs->srs_lock);
2447 		if (on)
2448 			mac_srs->srs_state |= SRS_QUIESCE_PERM;
2449 		else
2450 			mac_srs->srs_state &= ~SRS_QUIESCE_PERM;
2451 		mutex_exit(&mac_srs->srs_lock);
2452 	}
2453 }
2454 
2455 void
mac_rx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)2456 mac_rx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2457 {
2458 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2459 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2460 
2461 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2462 
2463 	if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
2464 		(void) mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(mcip->mci_flent,
2465 		    NULL);
2466 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2467 		    mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce, NULL);
2468 	}
2469 }
2470 
2471 void
mac_rx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)2472 mac_rx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2473 {
2474 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2475 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2476 
2477 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2478 
2479 	if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
2480 		(void) mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(mcip->mci_flent, NULL);
2481 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2482 		    mac_rx_classify_flow_restart, NULL);
2483 	}
2484 }
2485 
2486 /*
2487  * This function only quiesces the Tx SRS and softring worker threads. Callers
2488  * need to make sure that there aren't any mac client threads doing current or
2489  * future transmits in the mac before calling this function.
2490  */
2491 void
mac_tx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t * srs,const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag)2492 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs,
2493     const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag)
2494 {
2495 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = srs->srs_mcip;
2496 
2497 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2498 
2499 	ASSERT(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX);
2500 	ASSERT(srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED ||
2501 	    srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE);
2502 
2503 	/*
2504 	 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the
2505 	 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us
2506 	 * up when the quiesce is complete
2507 	 */
2508 	mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag);
2509 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE ?
2510 	    SRS_QUIESCE_DONE : SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE);
2511 }
2512 
2513 void
mac_tx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t * srs)2514 mac_tx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
2515 {
2516 	/*
2517 	 * Resizing the fanout could result in creation of new SRSs.
2518 	 * They may not necessarily be in the quiesced state in which
2519 	 * case it need be restarted
2520 	 */
2521 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs))
2522 		return;
2523 
2524 	mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART);
2525 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2526 	mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2527 }
2528 
2529 /*
2530  * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS.
2531  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_srs_quiesce
2532  */
2533 /* ARGSUSED */
2534 int
mac_tx_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t * flent,void * arg)2535 mac_tx_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2536 {
2537 	/*
2538 	 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is
2539 	 * not plumbed
2540 	 */
2541 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
2542 		mac_tx_srs_quiesce(flent->fe_tx_srs, SRS_QUIESCE);
2543 	return (0);
2544 }
2545 
2546 /* ARGSUSED */
2547 int
mac_tx_flow_restart(flow_entry_t * flent,void * arg)2548 mac_tx_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2549 {
2550 	/*
2551 	 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is
2552 	 * not plumbed
2553 	 */
2554 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
2555 		mac_tx_srs_restart(flent->fe_tx_srs);
2556 	return (0);
2557 }
2558 
2559 static void
i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch,const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag)2560 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch,
2561     const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag)
2562 {
2563 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2564 
2565 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2566 
2567 	mac_tx_client_block(mcip);
2568 	if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) {
2569 		mac_tx_srs_quiesce(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip), srs_quiesce_flag);
2570 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2571 		    mac_tx_flow_quiesce, NULL);
2572 	}
2573 }
2574 
2575 void
mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)2576 mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2577 {
2578 	i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_QUIESCE);
2579 }
2580 
2581 void
mac_tx_client_condemn(mac_client_handle_t mch)2582 mac_tx_client_condemn(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2583 {
2584 	i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_CONDEMNED);
2585 }
2586 
2587 void
mac_tx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)2588 mac_tx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2589 {
2590 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2591 
2592 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2593 
2594 	mac_tx_client_unblock(mcip);
2595 	if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) {
2596 		mac_tx_srs_restart(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip));
2597 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2598 		    mac_tx_flow_restart, NULL);
2599 	}
2600 }
2601 
2602 void
mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2603 mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2604 {
2605 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2606 
2607 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2608 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2609 }
2610 
2611 void
mac_client_quiesce(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2612 mac_client_quiesce(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2613 {
2614 	mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2615 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2616 }
2617 
2618 void
mac_client_restart(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)2619 mac_client_restart(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2620 {
2621 	mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2622 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2623 }
2624 
2625 /*
2626  * Allocate a minor number.
2627  */
2628 minor_t
mac_minor_hold(boolean_t sleep)2629 mac_minor_hold(boolean_t sleep)
2630 {
2631 	id_t id;
2632 
2633 	/*
2634 	 * Grab a value from the arena.
2635 	 */
2636 	atomic_inc_32(&minor_count);
2637 
2638 	if (sleep)
2639 		return ((uint_t)id_alloc(minor_ids));
2640 
2641 	if ((id = id_alloc_nosleep(minor_ids)) == -1) {
2642 		atomic_dec_32(&minor_count);
2643 		return (0);
2644 	}
2645 
2646 	return ((uint_t)id);
2647 }
2648 
2649 /*
2650  * Release a previously allocated minor number.
2651  */
2652 void
mac_minor_rele(minor_t minor)2653 mac_minor_rele(minor_t minor)
2654 {
2655 	/*
2656 	 * Return the value to the arena.
2657 	 */
2658 	id_free(minor_ids, minor);
2659 	atomic_dec_32(&minor_count);
2660 }
2661 
2662 uint32_t
mac_no_notification(mac_handle_t mh)2663 mac_no_notification(mac_handle_t mh)
2664 {
2665 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2666 
2667 	return (((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) != 0) ?
2668 	    mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_unsup_note : 0);
2669 }
2670 
2671 /*
2672  * Prevent any new opens of this mac in preparation for unregister
2673  */
2674 int
i_mac_disable(mac_impl_t * mip)2675 i_mac_disable(mac_impl_t *mip)
2676 {
2677 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
2678 
2679 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
2680 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
2681 		/* Already disabled, return success */
2682 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2683 		return (0);
2684 	}
2685 	/*
2686 	 * See if there are any other references to this mac_t (e.g., VLAN's).
2687 	 * If so return failure. If all the other checks below pass, then
2688 	 * set mi_disabled atomically under the i_mac_impl_lock to prevent
2689 	 * any new VLAN's from being created or new mac client opens of this
2690 	 * mac end point.
2691 	 */
2692 	if (mip->mi_ref > 0) {
2693 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2694 		return (EBUSY);
2695 	}
2696 
2697 	/*
2698 	 * mac clients must delete all multicast groups they join before
2699 	 * closing. bcast groups are reference counted, the last client
2700 	 * to delete the group will wait till the group is physically
2701 	 * deleted. Since all clients have closed this mac end point
2702 	 * mi_bcast_ngrps must be zero at this point
2703 	 */
2704 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0);
2705 
2706 	/*
2707 	 * Don't let go of this if it has some flows.
2708 	 * All other code guarantees no flows are added to a disabled
2709 	 * mac, therefore it is sufficient to check for the flow table
2710 	 * only here.
2711 	 */
2712 	mcip = mac_primary_client_handle(mip);
2713 	if ((mcip != NULL) && mac_link_has_flows((mac_client_handle_t)mcip)) {
2714 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2715 		return (ENOTEMPTY);
2716 	}
2717 
2718 	mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_DISABLED;
2719 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2720 	return (0);
2721 }
2722 
2723 int
mac_disable_nowait(mac_handle_t mh)2724 mac_disable_nowait(mac_handle_t mh)
2725 {
2726 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2727 	int err;
2728 
2729 	if ((err = i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mip)) != 0)
2730 		return (err);
2731 	err = i_mac_disable(mip);
2732 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
2733 	return (err);
2734 }
2735 
2736 int
mac_disable(mac_handle_t mh)2737 mac_disable(mac_handle_t mh)
2738 {
2739 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2740 	int err;
2741 
2742 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
2743 	err = i_mac_disable(mip);
2744 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
2745 
2746 	/*
2747 	 * Clean up notification thread and wait for it to exit.
2748 	 */
2749 	if (err == 0)
2750 		i_mac_notify_exit(mip);
2751 
2752 	return (err);
2753 }
2754 
2755 /*
2756  * Called when the MAC instance has a non empty flow table, to de-multiplex
2757  * incoming packets to the right flow.
2758  */
2759 /* ARGSUSED */
2760 static flow_entry_t *
mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_resource_handle_t mrh,mblk_t * mp)2761 mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp)
2762 {
2763 	flow_entry_t	*flent = NULL;
2764 	uint_t		flags = FLOW_INBOUND;
2765 	int		err;
2766 
2767 	err = mac_flow_lookup(mip->mi_flow_tab, mp, flags, &flent);
2768 	if (err == 0) {
2769 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
2770 
2771 		/*
2772 		 * This flent might just be an additional one on the MAC client,
2773 		 * i.e. for classification purposes (different fdesc), however
2774 		 * the resources, SRS et. al., are in the mci_flent, so if
2775 		 * this isn't the mci_flent, we need to get it.
2776 		 */
2777 		if ((mcip = flent->fe_mcip) != NULL &&
2778 		    mcip->mci_flent != flent) {
2779 			FLOW_REFRELE(flent);
2780 			flent = mcip->mci_flent;
2781 			FLOW_TRY_REFHOLD(flent, err);
2782 			if (err != 0)
2783 				return (NULL);
2784 		}
2785 	}
2786 
2787 	/* flent will be NULL if mac_flow_lookup fails to find a match. */
2788 	return (flent);
2789 }
2790 
2791 mblk_t *
mac_rx_flow(mac_handle_t mh,mac_resource_handle_t mrh,mblk_t * mp_chain)2792 mac_rx_flow(mac_handle_t mh, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp_chain)
2793 {
2794 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2795 	mblk_t		*mp_next, *tail, **unclass_nextp;
2796 	mblk_t		*unclass_list = NULL;
2797 	flow_entry_t	*prev_flent = NULL;
2798 
2799 	/*
2800 	 * We walk the chain and attempt to classify each packet.
2801 	 * The packets that couldn't be classified will be returned
2802 	 * back to the caller.
2803 	 *
2804 	 * We want to batch together runs of matched packets bound
2805 	 * for the same flent into the same callback. Unmatched
2806 	 * packets should not break an ongoing chain.
2807 	 */
2808 	mp_next = tail = mp_chain;
2809 	unclass_nextp = &unclass_list;
2810 	while (mp_next != NULL) {
2811 		flow_entry_t	*flent;
2812 		mblk_t		*mp = mp_next;
2813 		mp_next = mp_next->b_next;
2814 		mp->b_next = NULL;
2815 
2816 		flent = mac_rx_classify(mip, mrh, mp);
2817 		if (flent == NULL) {
2818 			/*
2819 			 * Add the current mblk_t to the end of the
2820 			 * unclassified packet chain at 'unclass_list'.
2821 			 * Move the current head forward if we have not
2822 			 * yet made any match.
2823 			 */
2824 			if (prev_flent == NULL) {
2825 				mp_chain = mp_next;
2826 				tail = mp_next;
2827 			}
2828 			*unclass_nextp = mp;
2829 			unclass_nextp = &mp->b_next;
2830 			continue;
2831 		}
2832 
2833 		if (prev_flent == NULL || flent == prev_flent) {
2834 			/* Either the first valid match, or in the same chain */
2835 			if (prev_flent != NULL)
2836 				FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent);
2837 			if (mp != tail)
2838 				tail->b_next = mp;
2839 		} else {
2840 			ASSERT3P(prev_flent, !=, NULL);
2841 			(prev_flent->fe_cb_fn)(prev_flent->fe_cb_arg1,
2842 			    prev_flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp_chain, B_FALSE);
2843 			FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent);
2844 			mp_chain = mp;
2845 		}
2846 
2847 		prev_flent = flent;
2848 		tail = mp;
2849 	}
2850 	/* Last chain */
2851 	if (mp_chain != NULL) {
2852 		ASSERT3P(prev_flent, !=, NULL);
2853 		(prev_flent->fe_cb_fn)(prev_flent->fe_cb_arg1,
2854 		    prev_flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp_chain, B_FALSE);
2855 		FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent);
2856 	}
2857 	return (unclass_list);
2858 }
2859 
2860 static int
mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup(flow_entry_t * flent,void * arg)2861 mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2862 {
2863 	mac_ring_handle_t ring = arg;
2864 
2865 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs)
2866 		mac_tx_srs_wakeup(flent->fe_tx_srs, ring);
2867 	return (0);
2868 }
2869 
2870 void
i_mac_tx_srs_notify(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_handle_t ring)2871 i_mac_tx_srs_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t ring)
2872 {
2873 	mac_client_impl_t	*cclient;
2874 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
2875 
2876 	/*
2877 	 * After grabbing the mi_rw_lock, the list of clients can't change.
2878 	 * If there are any clients mi_disabled must be B_FALSE and can't
2879 	 * get set since there are clients. If there aren't any clients we
2880 	 * don't do anything. In any case the mip has to be valid. The driver
2881 	 * must make sure that it goes single threaded (with respect to mac
2882 	 * calls) and wait for all pending mac calls to finish before calling
2883 	 * mac_unregister.
2884 	 */
2885 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
2886 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
2887 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2888 		return;
2889 	}
2890 
2891 	/*
2892 	 * Get MAC tx srs from walking mac_client_handle list.
2893 	 */
2894 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER);
2895 	for (cclient = mip->mi_clients_list; cclient != NULL;
2896 	    cclient = cclient->mci_client_next) {
2897 		if ((mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(cclient)) != NULL) {
2898 			mac_tx_srs_wakeup(mac_srs, ring);
2899 		} else {
2900 			/*
2901 			 * Aggr opens underlying ports in exclusive mode
2902 			 * and registers flow control callbacks using
2903 			 * mac_tx_client_notify(). When opened in
2904 			 * exclusive mode, Tx SRS won't be created
2905 			 * during mac_unicast_add().
2906 			 */
2907 			if (cclient->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE) {
2908 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(cclient,
2909 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)ring);
2910 			}
2911 		}
2912 		(void) mac_flow_walk(cclient->mci_subflow_tab,
2913 		    mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup, ring);
2914 	}
2915 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
2916 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2917 }
2918 
2919 /* ARGSUSED */
2920 void
mac_multicast_refresh(mac_handle_t mh,mac_multicst_t refresh,void * arg,boolean_t add)2921 mac_multicast_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_multicst_t refresh, void *arg,
2922     boolean_t add)
2923 {
2924 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2925 
2926 	i_mac_perim_enter((mac_impl_t *)mh);
2927 	/*
2928 	 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the
2929 	 * driver's m_multicst entry point.
2930 	 */
2931 	if (refresh == NULL) {
2932 		refresh = mip->mi_multicst;
2933 		arg = mip->mi_driver;
2934 	}
2935 
2936 	mac_bcast_refresh(mip, refresh, arg, add);
2937 	i_mac_perim_exit((mac_impl_t *)mh);
2938 }
2939 
2940 void
mac_promisc_refresh(mac_handle_t mh,mac_setpromisc_t refresh,void * arg)2941 mac_promisc_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_setpromisc_t refresh, void *arg)
2942 {
2943 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2944 
2945 	/*
2946 	 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the
2947 	 * driver's m_promisc entry point.
2948 	 */
2949 	if (refresh == NULL) {
2950 		refresh = mip->mi_setpromisc;
2951 		arg = mip->mi_driver;
2952 	}
2953 	ASSERT(refresh != NULL);
2954 
2955 	/*
2956 	 * Call the refresh function with the current promiscuity.
2957 	 */
2958 	refresh(arg, (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0));
2959 }
2960 
2961 /*
2962  * The mac client requests that the mac not to change its margin size to
2963  * be less than the specified value.  If "current" is B_TRUE, then the client
2964  * requests the mac not to change its margin size to be smaller than the
2965  * current size. Further, return the current margin size value in this case.
2966  *
2967  * We keep every requested size in an ordered list from largest to smallest.
2968  */
2969 int
mac_margin_add(mac_handle_t mh,uint32_t * marginp,boolean_t current)2970 mac_margin_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *marginp, boolean_t current)
2971 {
2972 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2973 	mac_margin_req_t	**pp, *p;
2974 	int			err = 0;
2975 
2976 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
2977 	if (current)
2978 		*marginp = mip->mi_margin;
2979 
2980 	/*
2981 	 * If the current margin value cannot satisfy the margin requested,
2982 	 * return ENOTSUP directly.
2983 	 */
2984 	if (*marginp > mip->mi_margin) {
2985 		err = ENOTSUP;
2986 		goto done;
2987 	}
2988 
2989 	/*
2990 	 * Check whether the given margin is already in the list. If so,
2991 	 * bump the reference count.
2992 	 */
2993 	for (pp = &mip->mi_mmrp; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mmr_nextp) {
2994 		if (p->mmr_margin == *marginp) {
2995 			/*
2996 			 * The margin requested is already in the list,
2997 			 * so just bump the reference count.
2998 			 */
2999 			p->mmr_ref++;
3000 			goto done;
3001 		}
3002 		if (p->mmr_margin < *marginp)
3003 			break;
3004 	}
3005 
3006 
3007 	p = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_margin_req_t), KM_SLEEP);
3008 	p->mmr_margin = *marginp;
3009 	p->mmr_ref++;
3010 	p->mmr_nextp = *pp;
3011 	*pp = p;
3012 
3013 done:
3014 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
3015 	return (err);
3016 }
3017 
3018 /*
3019  * The mac client requests to cancel its previous mac_margin_add() request.
3020  * We remove the requested margin size from the list.
3021  */
3022 int
mac_margin_remove(mac_handle_t mh,uint32_t margin)3023 mac_margin_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin)
3024 {
3025 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3026 	mac_margin_req_t	**pp, *p;
3027 	int			err = 0;
3028 
3029 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
3030 	/*
3031 	 * Find the entry in the list for the given margin.
3032 	 */
3033 	for (pp = &(mip->mi_mmrp); (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &(p->mmr_nextp)) {
3034 		if (p->mmr_margin == margin) {
3035 			if (--p->mmr_ref == 0)
3036 				break;
3037 
3038 			/*
3039 			 * There is still a reference to this address so
3040 			 * there's nothing more to do.
3041 			 */
3042 			goto done;
3043 		}
3044 	}
3045 
3046 	/*
3047 	 * We did not find an entry for the given margin.
3048 	 */
3049 	if (p == NULL) {
3050 		err = ENOENT;
3051 		goto done;
3052 	}
3053 
3054 	ASSERT(p->mmr_ref == 0);
3055 
3056 	/*
3057 	 * Remove it from the list.
3058 	 */
3059 	*pp = p->mmr_nextp;
3060 	kmem_free(p, sizeof (mac_margin_req_t));
3061 done:
3062 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
3063 	return (err);
3064 }
3065 
3066 boolean_t
mac_margin_update(mac_handle_t mh,uint32_t margin)3067 mac_margin_update(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin)
3068 {
3069 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3070 	uint32_t	margin_needed = 0;
3071 
3072 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
3073 
3074 	if (mip->mi_mmrp != NULL)
3075 		margin_needed = mip->mi_mmrp->mmr_margin;
3076 
3077 	if (margin_needed <= margin)
3078 		mip->mi_margin = margin;
3079 
3080 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
3081 
3082 	if (margin_needed <= margin)
3083 		i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_MARGIN);
3084 
3085 	return (margin_needed <= margin);
3086 }
3087 
3088 /*
3089  * MAC clients use this interface to request that a MAC device not change its
3090  * MTU below the specified amount. At this time, that amount must be within the
3091  * range of the device's current minimum and the device's current maximum. eg. a
3092  * client cannot request a 3000 byte MTU when the device's MTU is currently
3093  * 2000.
3094  *
3095  * If "current" is set to B_TRUE, then the request is to simply to reserve the
3096  * current underlying mac's maximum for this mac client and return it in mtup.
3097  */
3098 int
mac_mtu_add(mac_handle_t mh,uint32_t * mtup,boolean_t current)3099 mac_mtu_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *mtup, boolean_t current)
3100 {
3101 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3102 	mac_mtu_req_t		*prev, *cur;
3103 	mac_propval_range_t	mpr;
3104 	int			err;
3105 
3106 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
3107 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
3108 
3109 	if (current == B_TRUE)
3110 		*mtup = mip->mi_sdu_max;
3111 	mpr.mpr_count = 1;
3112 	err = mac_prop_info(mh, MAC_PROP_MTU, "mtu", NULL, 0, &mpr, NULL);
3113 	if (err != 0) {
3114 		rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
3115 		i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
3116 		return (err);
3117 	}
3118 
3119 	if (*mtup > mip->mi_sdu_max ||
3120 	    *mtup < mpr.mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min) {
3121 		rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
3122 		i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
3123 		return (ENOTSUP);
3124 	}
3125 
3126 	prev = NULL;
3127 	for (cur = mip->mi_mtrp; cur != NULL; cur = cur->mtr_nextp) {
3128 		if (*mtup == cur->mtr_mtu) {
3129 			cur->mtr_ref++;
3130 			rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
3131 			i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
3132 			return (0);
3133 		}
3134 
3135 		if (*mtup > cur->mtr_mtu)
3136 			break;
3137 
3138 		prev = cur;
3139 	}
3140 
3141 	cur = kmem_alloc(sizeof (mac_mtu_req_t), KM_SLEEP);
3142 	cur->mtr_mtu = *mtup;
3143 	cur->mtr_ref = 1;
3144 	if (prev != NULL) {
3145 		cur->mtr_nextp = prev->mtr_nextp;
3146 		prev->mtr_nextp = cur;
3147 	} else {
3148 		cur->mtr_nextp = mip->mi_mtrp;
3149 		mip->mi_mtrp = cur;
3150 	}
3151 
3152 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
3153 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
3154 	return (0);
3155 }
3156 
3157 int
mac_mtu_remove(mac_handle_t mh,uint32_t mtu)3158 mac_mtu_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t mtu)
3159 {
3160 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3161 	mac_mtu_req_t *cur, *prev;
3162 
3163 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
3164 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
3165 
3166 	prev = NULL;
3167 	for (cur = mip->mi_mtrp; cur != NULL; cur = cur->mtr_nextp) {
3168 		if (cur->mtr_mtu == mtu) {
3169 			ASSERT(cur->mtr_ref > 0);
3170 			cur->mtr_ref--;
3171 			if (cur->mtr_ref == 0) {
3172 				if (prev == NULL) {
3173 					mip->mi_mtrp = cur->mtr_nextp;
3174 				} else {
3175 					prev->mtr_nextp = cur->mtr_nextp;
3176 				}
3177 				kmem_free(cur, sizeof (mac_mtu_req_t));
3178 			}
3179 			rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
3180 			i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
3181 			return (0);
3182 		}
3183 
3184 		prev = cur;
3185 	}
3186 
3187 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
3188 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
3189 	return (ENOENT);
3190 }
3191 
3192 /*
3193  * MAC Type Plugin functions.
3194  */
3195 
3196 mactype_t *
mactype_getplugin(const char * pname)3197 mactype_getplugin(const char *pname)
3198 {
3199 	mactype_t	*mtype = NULL;
3200 	boolean_t	tried_modload = B_FALSE;
3201 
3202 	mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock);
3203 
3204 find_registered_mactype:
3205 	if (mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)pname,
3206 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtype) != 0) {
3207 		if (!tried_modload) {
3208 			/*
3209 			 * If the plugin has not yet been loaded, then
3210 			 * attempt to load it now.  If modload() succeeds,
3211 			 * the plugin should have registered using
3212 			 * mactype_register(), in which case we can go back
3213 			 * and attempt to find it again.
3214 			 */
3215 			if (modload(MACTYPE_KMODDIR, (char *)pname) != -1) {
3216 				tried_modload = B_TRUE;
3217 				goto find_registered_mactype;
3218 			}
3219 		}
3220 	} else {
3221 		/*
3222 		 * Note that there's no danger that the plugin we've loaded
3223 		 * could be unloaded between the modload() step and the
3224 		 * reference count bump here, as we're holding
3225 		 * i_mactype_lock, which mactype_unregister() also holds.
3226 		 */
3227 		atomic_inc_32(&mtype->mt_ref);
3228 	}
3229 
3230 	mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock);
3231 	return (mtype);
3232 }
3233 
3234 mactype_register_t *
mactype_alloc(uint_t mactype_version)3235 mactype_alloc(uint_t mactype_version)
3236 {
3237 	mactype_register_t *mtrp;
3238 
3239 	/*
3240 	 * Make sure there isn't a version mismatch between the plugin and
3241 	 * the framework.  In the future, if multiple versions are
3242 	 * supported, this check could become more sophisticated.
3243 	 */
3244 	if (mactype_version != MACTYPE_VERSION)
3245 		return (NULL);
3246 
3247 	mtrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mactype_register_t), KM_SLEEP);
3248 	mtrp->mtr_version = mactype_version;
3249 	return (mtrp);
3250 }
3251 
3252 void
mactype_free(mactype_register_t * mtrp)3253 mactype_free(mactype_register_t *mtrp)
3254 {
3255 	kmem_free(mtrp, sizeof (mactype_register_t));
3256 }
3257 
3258 int
mactype_register(mactype_register_t * mtrp)3259 mactype_register(mactype_register_t *mtrp)
3260 {
3261 	mactype_t	*mtp;
3262 	mactype_ops_t	*ops = mtrp->mtr_ops;
3263 
3264 	/* Do some sanity checking before we register this MAC type. */
3265 	if (mtrp->mtr_ident == NULL || ops == NULL)
3266 		return (EINVAL);
3267 
3268 	/*
3269 	 * Verify that all mandatory callbacks are set in the ops
3270 	 * vector.
3271 	 */
3272 	if (ops->mtops_unicst_verify == NULL ||
3273 	    ops->mtops_multicst_verify == NULL ||
3274 	    ops->mtops_sap_verify == NULL ||
3275 	    ops->mtops_header == NULL ||
3276 	    ops->mtops_header_info == NULL) {
3277 		return (EINVAL);
3278 	}
3279 
3280 	mtp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mtp), KM_SLEEP);
3281 	mtp->mt_ident = mtrp->mtr_ident;
3282 	mtp->mt_ops = *ops;
3283 	mtp->mt_type = mtrp->mtr_mactype;
3284 	mtp->mt_nativetype = mtrp->mtr_nativetype;
3285 	mtp->mt_addr_length = mtrp->mtr_addrlen;
3286 	if (mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr != NULL) {
3287 		mtp->mt_brdcst_addr = kmem_alloc(mtrp->mtr_addrlen, KM_SLEEP);
3288 		bcopy(mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_brdcst_addr,
3289 		    mtrp->mtr_addrlen);
3290 	}
3291 
3292 	mtp->mt_stats = mtrp->mtr_stats;
3293 	mtp->mt_statcount = mtrp->mtr_statcount;
3294 
3295 	mtp->mt_mapping = mtrp->mtr_mapping;
3296 	mtp->mt_mappingcount = mtrp->mtr_mappingcount;
3297 
3298 	if (mod_hash_insert(i_mactype_hash,
3299 	    (mod_hash_key_t)mtp->mt_ident, (mod_hash_val_t)mtp) != 0) {
3300 		kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length);
3301 		kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (*mtp));
3302 		return (EEXIST);
3303 	}
3304 	return (0);
3305 }
3306 
3307 int
mactype_unregister(const char * ident)3308 mactype_unregister(const char *ident)
3309 {
3310 	mactype_t	*mtp;
3311 	mod_hash_val_t	val;
3312 	int		err;
3313 
3314 	/*
3315 	 * Let's not allow MAC drivers to use this plugin while we're
3316 	 * trying to unregister it.  Holding i_mactype_lock also prevents a
3317 	 * plugin from unregistering while a MAC driver is attempting to
3318 	 * hold a reference to it in i_mactype_getplugin().
3319 	 */
3320 	mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock);
3321 
3322 	if ((err = mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident,
3323 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtp)) != 0) {
3324 		/* A plugin is trying to unregister, but it never registered. */
3325 		err = ENXIO;
3326 		goto done;
3327 	}
3328 
3329 	if (mtp->mt_ref != 0) {
3330 		err = EBUSY;
3331 		goto done;
3332 	}
3333 
3334 	err = mod_hash_remove(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident, &val);
3335 	ASSERT(err == 0);
3336 	if (err != 0) {
3337 		/* This should never happen, thus the ASSERT() above. */
3338 		err = EINVAL;
3339 		goto done;
3340 	}
3341 	ASSERT(mtp == (mactype_t *)val);
3342 
3343 	if (mtp->mt_brdcst_addr != NULL)
3344 		kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length);
3345 	kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (mactype_t));
3346 done:
3347 	mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock);
3348 	return (err);
3349 }
3350 
3351 /*
3352  * Checks the size of the value size specified for a property as
3353  * part of a property operation. Returns B_TRUE if the size is
3354  * correct, B_FALSE otherwise.
3355  */
3356 boolean_t
mac_prop_check_size(mac_prop_id_t id,uint_t valsize,boolean_t is_range)3357 mac_prop_check_size(mac_prop_id_t id, uint_t valsize, boolean_t is_range)
3358 {
3359 	uint_t minsize = 0;
3360 
3361 	if (is_range)
3362 		return (valsize >= sizeof (mac_propval_range_t));
3363 
3364 	switch (id) {
3365 	case MAC_PROP_ZONE:
3366 		minsize = sizeof (dld_ioc_zid_t);
3367 		break;
3368 	case MAC_PROP_AUTOPUSH:
3369 		if (valsize != 0)
3370 			minsize = sizeof (struct dlautopush);
3371 		break;
3372 	case MAC_PROP_TAGMODE:
3373 		minsize = sizeof (link_tagmode_t);
3374 		break;
3375 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE:
3376 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF:
3377 		minsize = sizeof (mac_resource_props_t);
3378 		break;
3379 	case MAC_PROP_DUPLEX:
3380 		minsize = sizeof (link_duplex_t);
3381 		break;
3382 	case MAC_PROP_SPEED:
3383 		minsize = sizeof (uint64_t);
3384 		break;
3385 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS:
3386 		minsize = sizeof (link_state_t);
3387 		break;
3388 	case MAC_PROP_AUTONEG:
3389 	case MAC_PROP_EN_AUTONEG:
3390 		minsize = sizeof (uint8_t);
3391 		break;
3392 	case MAC_PROP_MTU:
3393 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3394 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
3395 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
3396 		break;
3397 	case MAC_PROP_FLOWCTRL:
3398 		minsize = sizeof (link_flowctrl_t);
3399 		break;
3400 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_FEC_CAP:
3401 	case MAC_PROP_EN_FEC_CAP:
3402 		minsize = sizeof (link_fec_t);
3403 		break;
3404 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_400GFDX_CAP:
3405 	case MAC_PROP_EN_400GFDX_CAP:
3406 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_200GFDX_CAP:
3407 	case MAC_PROP_EN_200GFDX_CAP:
3408 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100GFDX_CAP:
3409 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100GFDX_CAP:
3410 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_50GFDX_CAP:
3411 	case MAC_PROP_EN_50GFDX_CAP:
3412 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_40GFDX_CAP:
3413 	case MAC_PROP_EN_40GFDX_CAP:
3414 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_25GFDX_CAP:
3415 	case MAC_PROP_EN_25GFDX_CAP:
3416 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10GFDX_CAP:
3417 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10GFDX_CAP:
3418 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_5000FDX_CAP:
3419 	case MAC_PROP_EN_5000FDX_CAP:
3420 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_2500FDX_CAP:
3421 	case MAC_PROP_EN_2500FDX_CAP:
3422 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_1000HDX_CAP:
3423 	case MAC_PROP_EN_1000HDX_CAP:
3424 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100FDX_CAP:
3425 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100FDX_CAP:
3426 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100T4_CAP:
3427 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100T4_CAP:
3428 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100HDX_CAP:
3429 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100HDX_CAP:
3430 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10FDX_CAP:
3431 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10FDX_CAP:
3432 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10HDX_CAP:
3433 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10HDX_CAP:
3434 		minsize = sizeof (uint8_t);
3435 		break;
3436 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3437 		minsize = sizeof (uint16_t);
3438 		break;
3439 	case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_HOPLIMIT:
3440 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
3441 		break;
3442 	case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_ENCAPLIMIT:
3443 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
3444 		break;
3445 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3446 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3447 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3448 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3449 		minsize = sizeof (uint_t);
3450 		break;
3451 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ESSID:
3452 		minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t);
3453 		break;
3454 	case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSID:
3455 		minsize = sizeof (wl_bssid_t);
3456 		break;
3457 	case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSTYPE:
3458 		minsize = sizeof (wl_bss_type_t);
3459 		break;
3460 	case MAC_PROP_WL_LINKSTATUS:
3461 		minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t);
3462 		break;
3463 	case MAC_PROP_WL_DESIRED_RATES:
3464 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t);
3465 		break;
3466 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SUPPORTED_RATES:
3467 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t);
3468 		break;
3469 	case MAC_PROP_WL_AUTH_MODE:
3470 		minsize = sizeof (wl_authmode_t);
3471 		break;
3472 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ENCRYPTION:
3473 		minsize = sizeof (wl_encryption_t);
3474 		break;
3475 	case MAC_PROP_WL_RSSI:
3476 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rssi_t);
3477 		break;
3478 	case MAC_PROP_WL_PHY_CONFIG:
3479 		minsize = sizeof (wl_phy_conf_t);
3480 		break;
3481 	case MAC_PROP_WL_CAPABILITY:
3482 		minsize = sizeof (wl_capability_t);
3483 		break;
3484 	case MAC_PROP_WL_WPA:
3485 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_t);
3486 		break;
3487 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SCANRESULTS:
3488 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ess_t);
3489 		break;
3490 	case MAC_PROP_WL_POWER_MODE:
3491 		minsize = sizeof (wl_ps_mode_t);
3492 		break;
3493 	case MAC_PROP_WL_RADIO:
3494 		minsize = sizeof (wl_radio_t);
3495 		break;
3496 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ESS_LIST:
3497 		minsize = sizeof (wl_ess_list_t);
3498 		break;
3499 	case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY_TAB:
3500 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wep_key_tab_t);
3501 		break;
3502 	case MAC_PROP_WL_CREATE_IBSS:
3503 		minsize = sizeof (wl_create_ibss_t);
3504 		break;
3505 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SETOPTIE:
3506 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ie_t);
3507 		break;
3508 	case MAC_PROP_WL_DELKEY:
3509 		minsize = sizeof (wl_del_key_t);
3510 		break;
3511 	case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY:
3512 		minsize = sizeof (wl_key_t);
3513 		break;
3514 	case MAC_PROP_WL_MLME:
3515 		minsize = sizeof (wl_mlme_t);
3516 		break;
3517 	case MAC_PROP_VN_PROMISC_FILTERED:
3518 		minsize = sizeof (boolean_t);
3519 		break;
3520 	case MAC_PROP_MEDIA:
3521 		/*
3522 		 * Our assumption is that each class of device uses an enum and
3523 		 * that all enums will be the same size so it is OK to use a
3524 		 * single one.
3525 		 */
3526 		minsize = sizeof (mac_ether_media_t);
3527 		break;
3528 	}
3529 
3530 	return (valsize >= minsize);
3531 }
3532 
3533 /*
3534  * mac_set_prop() sets MAC or hardware driver properties:
3535  *
3536  * - MAC-managed properties such as resource properties include maxbw,
3537  *   priority, and cpu binding list, as well as the default port VID
3538  *   used by bridging. These properties are consumed by the MAC layer
3539  *   itself and not passed down to the driver. For resource control
3540  *   properties, this function invokes mac_set_resources() which will
3541  *   cache the property value in mac_impl_t and may call
3542  *   mac_client_set_resource() to update property value of the primary
3543  *   mac client, if it exists.
3544  *
3545  * - Properties which act on the hardware and must be passed to the
3546  *   driver, such as MTU, through the driver's mc_setprop() entry point.
3547  */
3548 int
mac_set_prop(mac_handle_t mh,mac_prop_id_t id,char * name,void * val,uint_t valsize)3549 mac_set_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val,
3550     uint_t valsize)
3551 {
3552 	int err = ENOTSUP;
3553 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3554 
3555 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
3556 
3557 	switch (id) {
3558 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: {
3559 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3560 
3561 		/* call mac_set_resources() for MAC properties */
3562 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3563 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3564 		bcopy(val, mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3565 		err = mac_set_resources(mh, mrp);
3566 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3567 		break;
3568 	}
3569 
3570 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3571 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t));
3572 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3573 			return (EINVAL);
3574 		err = mac_set_pvid(mh, *(uint16_t *)val);
3575 		break;
3576 
3577 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3578 		uint32_t mtu;
3579 
3580 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3581 		bcopy(val, &mtu, sizeof (mtu));
3582 		err = mac_set_mtu(mh, mtu, NULL);
3583 		break;
3584 	}
3585 
3586 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3587 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: {
3588 		uint32_t learnval;
3589 
3590 		if (valsize < sizeof (learnval) ||
3591 		    (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC))
3592 			return (EINVAL);
3593 		bcopy(val, &learnval, sizeof (learnval));
3594 		if (learnval == 0 && id == MAC_PROP_LDECAY)
3595 			return (EINVAL);
3596 		if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT)
3597 			mip->mi_llimit = learnval;
3598 		else
3599 			mip->mi_ldecay = learnval;
3600 		err = 0;
3601 		break;
3602 	}
3603 
3604 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_FEC_CAP:
3605 	case MAC_PROP_EN_FEC_CAP: {
3606 		link_fec_t fec;
3607 
3608 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (link_fec_t));
3609 
3610 		/*
3611 		 * fec cannot be zero, and auto must be set exclusively.
3612 		 */
3613 		bcopy(val, &fec, sizeof (link_fec_t));
3614 		if (fec == 0)
3615 			return (EINVAL);
3616 		if ((fec & LINK_FEC_AUTO) != 0 && (fec & ~LINK_FEC_AUTO) != 0)
3617 			return (EINVAL);
3618 
3619 		if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) {
3620 			err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver,
3621 			    name, id, valsize, val);
3622 		}
3623 		break;
3624 	}
3625 
3626 	default:
3627 		/* For other driver properties, call driver's callback */
3628 		if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) {
3629 			err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver,
3630 			    name, id, valsize, val);
3631 		}
3632 	}
3633 	return (err);
3634 }
3635 
3636 /*
3637  * mac_get_prop() gets MAC or device driver properties.
3638  *
3639  * If the property is a driver property, mac_get_prop() calls driver's callback
3640  * entry point to get it.
3641  * If the property is a MAC property, mac_get_prop() invokes mac_get_resources()
3642  * which returns the cached value in mac_impl_t.
3643  */
3644 int
mac_get_prop(mac_handle_t mh,mac_prop_id_t id,char * name,void * val,uint_t valsize)3645 mac_get_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val,
3646     uint_t valsize)
3647 {
3648 	int err = ENOTSUP;
3649 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3650 	uint_t	rings;
3651 	uint_t	vlinks;
3652 
3653 	bzero(val, valsize);
3654 
3655 	switch (id) {
3656 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: {
3657 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3658 
3659 		/* If mac property, read from cache */
3660 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3661 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3662 		mac_get_resources(mh, mrp);
3663 		bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp));
3664 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3665 		return (0);
3666 	}
3667 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF: {
3668 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3669 
3670 		/* If mac effective property, read from client */
3671 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3672 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3673 		mac_get_effective_resources(mh, mrp);
3674 		bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp));
3675 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3676 		return (0);
3677 	}
3678 
3679 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3680 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t));
3681 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3682 			return (EINVAL);
3683 		*(uint16_t *)val = mac_get_pvid(mh);
3684 		return (0);
3685 
3686 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3687 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
3688 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3689 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3690 			return (EINVAL);
3691 		if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT)
3692 			bcopy(&mip->mi_llimit, val, sizeof (mip->mi_llimit));
3693 		else
3694 			bcopy(&mip->mi_ldecay, val, sizeof (mip->mi_ldecay));
3695 		return (0);
3696 
3697 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3698 		uint32_t sdu;
3699 
3700 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3701 		mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL);
3702 		bcopy(&sdu, val, sizeof (sdu));
3703 
3704 		return (0);
3705 	}
3706 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS: {
3707 		link_state_t link_state;
3708 
3709 		if (valsize < sizeof (link_state))
3710 			return (EINVAL);
3711 		link_state = mac_link_get(mh);
3712 		bcopy(&link_state, val, sizeof (link_state));
3713 
3714 		return (0);
3715 	}
3716 
3717 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3718 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3719 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t));
3720 		rings = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL ?
3721 		    mac_rxavail_get(mh) : mac_txavail_get(mh);
3722 		bcopy(&rings, val, sizeof (uint_t));
3723 		return (0);
3724 
3725 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3726 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3727 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t));
3728 		vlinks = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL ?
3729 		    mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) : mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh);
3730 		bcopy(&vlinks, val, sizeof (uint_t));
3731 		return (0);
3732 
3733 	case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE:
3734 	case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE:
3735 		/*
3736 		 * The value for these properties are returned through
3737 		 * the MAC_PROP_RESOURCE property.
3738 		 */
3739 		return (0);
3740 
3741 	default:
3742 		break;
3743 
3744 	}
3745 
3746 	/* If driver property, request from driver */
3747 	if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_GETPROP) {
3748 		err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_getprop(mip->mi_driver, name, id,
3749 		    valsize, val);
3750 	}
3751 
3752 	return (err);
3753 }
3754 
3755 /*
3756  * Helper function to initialize the range structure for use in
3757  * mac_get_prop. If the type can be other than uint32, we can
3758  * pass that as an arg.
3759  */
3760 static void
_mac_set_range(mac_propval_range_t * range,uint32_t min,uint32_t max)3761 _mac_set_range(mac_propval_range_t *range, uint32_t min, uint32_t max)
3762 {
3763 	range->mpr_count = 1;
3764 	range->mpr_type = MAC_PROPVAL_UINT32;
3765 	range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min = min;
3766 	range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_max = max;
3767 }
3768 
3769 /*
3770  * Returns information about the specified property, such as default
3771  * values or permissions.
3772  */
3773 int
mac_prop_info(mac_handle_t mh,mac_prop_id_t id,char * name,void * default_val,uint_t default_size,mac_propval_range_t * range,uint_t * perm)3774 mac_prop_info(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name,
3775     void *default_val, uint_t default_size, mac_propval_range_t *range,
3776     uint_t *perm)
3777 {
3778 	mac_prop_info_state_t state;
3779 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3780 	uint_t	max;
3781 
3782 	/*
3783 	 * A property is read/write by default unless the driver says
3784 	 * otherwise.
3785 	 */
3786 	if (perm != NULL)
3787 		*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_RW;
3788 
3789 	if (default_val != NULL)
3790 		bzero(default_val, default_size);
3791 
3792 	/*
3793 	 * First, handle framework properties for which we don't need to
3794 	 * involve the driver.
3795 	 */
3796 	switch (id) {
3797 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE:
3798 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3799 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3800 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
3801 		return (0);
3802 
3803 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3804 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3805 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3806 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3807 		if (perm != NULL)
3808 			*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3809 		return (0);
3810 
3811 	case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE:
3812 	case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE:
3813 		/*
3814 		 * Currently, we support range for RX and TX rings properties.
3815 		 * When we extend this support to maxbw, cpus and priority,
3816 		 * we should move this to mac_get_resources.
3817 		 * There is no default value for RX or TX rings.
3818 		 */
3819 		if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) &&
3820 		    mac_is_vnic_primary(mh)) {
3821 			/*
3822 			 * We don't support setting rings for a VLAN
3823 			 * data link because it shares its ring with the
3824 			 * primary MAC client.
3825 			 */
3826 			if (perm != NULL)
3827 				*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3828 			if (range != NULL)
3829 				range->mpr_count = 0;
3830 		} else if (range != NULL) {
3831 			if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3832 				mh = mac_get_lower_mac_handle(mh);
3833 			mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3834 			if ((id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE &&
3835 			    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) ||
3836 			    (id == MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE &&
3837 			    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC)) {
3838 				if (id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE) {
3839 					if ((mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) +
3840 					    mac_rxhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) {
3841 						/*
3842 						 * doesn't support groups or
3843 						 * rings
3844 						 */
3845 						range->mpr_count = 0;
3846 					} else {
3847 						/*
3848 						 * supports specifying groups,
3849 						 * but not rings
3850 						 */
3851 						_mac_set_range(range, 0, 0);
3852 					}
3853 				} else {
3854 					if ((mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh) +
3855 					    mac_txhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) {
3856 						/*
3857 						 * doesn't support groups or
3858 						 * rings
3859 						 */
3860 						range->mpr_count = 0;
3861 					} else {
3862 						/*
3863 						 * supports specifying groups,
3864 						 * but not rings
3865 						 */
3866 						_mac_set_range(range, 0, 0);
3867 					}
3868 				}
3869 			} else {
3870 				max = id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE ?
3871 				    mac_rxavail_get(mh) + mac_rxrsvd_get(mh) :
3872 				    mac_txavail_get(mh) + mac_txrsvd_get(mh);
3873 				if (max <= 1) {
3874 					/*
3875 					 * doesn't support groups or
3876 					 * rings
3877 					 */
3878 					range->mpr_count = 0;
3879 				} else  {
3880 					/*
3881 					 * -1 because we have to leave out the
3882 					 * default ring.
3883 					 */
3884 					_mac_set_range(range, 1, max - 1);
3885 				}
3886 			}
3887 		}
3888 		return (0);
3889 
3890 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS:
3891 	case MAC_PROP_MEDIA:
3892 		if (perm != NULL)
3893 			*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3894 		return (0);
3895 	}
3896 
3897 	/*
3898 	 * Get the property info from the driver if it implements the
3899 	 * property info entry point.
3900 	 */
3901 	bzero(&state, sizeof (state));
3902 
3903 	if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_PROPINFO) {
3904 		state.pr_default = default_val;
3905 		state.pr_default_size = default_size;
3906 
3907 		/*
3908 		 * The caller specifies the maximum number of ranges
3909 		 * it can accomodate using mpr_count. We don't touch
3910 		 * this value until the driver returns from its
3911 		 * mc_propinfo() callback, and ensure we don't exceed
3912 		 * this number of range as the driver defines
3913 		 * supported range from its mc_propinfo().
3914 		 *
3915 		 * pr_range_cur_count keeps track of how many ranges
3916 		 * were defined by the driver from its mc_propinfo()
3917 		 * entry point.
3918 		 *
3919 		 * On exit, the user-specified range mpr_count returns
3920 		 * the number of ranges specified by the driver on
3921 		 * success, or the number of ranges it wanted to
3922 		 * define if that number of ranges could not be
3923 		 * accomodated by the specified range structure.  In
3924 		 * the latter case, the caller will be able to
3925 		 * allocate a larger range structure, and query the
3926 		 * property again.
3927 		 */
3928 		state.pr_range_cur_count = 0;
3929 		state.pr_range = range;
3930 
3931 		mip->mi_callbacks->mc_propinfo(mip->mi_driver, name, id,
3932 		    (mac_prop_info_handle_t)&state);
3933 
3934 		if (state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)
3935 			range->mpr_count = state.pr_range_cur_count;
3936 
3937 		/*
3938 		 * The operation could fail if the buffer supplied by
3939 		 * the user was too small for the range or default
3940 		 * value of the property.
3941 		 */
3942 		if (state.pr_errno != 0)
3943 			return (state.pr_errno);
3944 
3945 		if (perm != NULL && state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_PERM)
3946 			*perm = state.pr_perm;
3947 	}
3948 
3949 	/*
3950 	 * The MAC layer may want to provide default values or allowed
3951 	 * ranges for properties if the driver does not provide a
3952 	 * property info entry point, or that entry point exists, but
3953 	 * it did not provide a default value or allowed ranges for
3954 	 * that property.
3955 	 */
3956 	switch (id) {
3957 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3958 		uint32_t sdu;
3959 
3960 		mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL);
3961 
3962 		if (range != NULL && !(state.pr_flags &
3963 		    MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)) {
3964 			/* MTU range */
3965 			_mac_set_range(range, sdu, sdu);
3966 		}
3967 
3968 		if (default_val != NULL && !(state.pr_flags &
3969 		    MAC_PROP_INFO_DEFAULT)) {
3970 			if (mip->mi_info.mi_media == DL_ETHER)
3971 				sdu = ETHERMTU;
3972 			/* default MTU value */
3973 			bcopy(&sdu, default_val, sizeof (sdu));
3974 		}
3975 	}
3976 	}
3977 
3978 	return (0);
3979 }
3980 
3981 int
mac_fastpath_disable(mac_handle_t mh)3982 mac_fastpath_disable(mac_handle_t mh)
3983 {
3984 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3985 
3986 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0)
3987 		return (0);
3988 
3989 	return (mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_disable(mip->mi_driver));
3990 }
3991 
3992 void
mac_fastpath_enable(mac_handle_t mh)3993 mac_fastpath_enable(mac_handle_t mh)
3994 {
3995 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3996 
3997 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0)
3998 		return;
3999 
4000 	mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_enable(mip->mi_driver);
4001 }
4002 
4003 void
mac_register_priv_prop(mac_impl_t * mip,char ** priv_props)4004 mac_register_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip, char **priv_props)
4005 {
4006 	uint_t nprops, i;
4007 
4008 	if (priv_props == NULL)
4009 		return;
4010 
4011 	nprops = 0;
4012 	while (priv_props[nprops] != NULL)
4013 		nprops++;
4014 	if (nprops == 0)
4015 		return;
4016 
4017 
4018 	mip->mi_priv_prop = kmem_zalloc(nprops * sizeof (char *), KM_SLEEP);
4019 
4020 	for (i = 0; i < nprops; i++) {
4021 		mip->mi_priv_prop[i] = kmem_zalloc(MAXLINKPROPNAME, KM_SLEEP);
4022 		(void) strlcpy(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], priv_props[i],
4023 		    MAXLINKPROPNAME);
4024 	}
4025 
4026 	mip->mi_priv_prop_count = nprops;
4027 }
4028 
4029 void
mac_unregister_priv_prop(mac_impl_t * mip)4030 mac_unregister_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip)
4031 {
4032 	uint_t i;
4033 
4034 	if (mip->mi_priv_prop_count == 0) {
4035 		ASSERT(mip->mi_priv_prop == NULL);
4036 		return;
4037 	}
4038 
4039 	for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_priv_prop_count; i++)
4040 		kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], MAXLINKPROPNAME);
4041 	kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop, mip->mi_priv_prop_count *
4042 	    sizeof (char *));
4043 
4044 	mip->mi_priv_prop = NULL;
4045 	mip->mi_priv_prop_count = 0;
4046 }
4047 
4048 /*
4049  * mac_ring_t 'mr' macros. Some rogue drivers may access ring structure
4050  * (by invoking mac_rx()) even after processing mac_stop_ring(). In such
4051  * cases if MAC free's the ring structure after mac_stop_ring(), any
4052  * illegal access to the ring structure coming from the driver will panic
4053  * the system. In order to protect the system from such inadverent access,
4054  * we maintain a cache of rings in the mac_impl_t after they get free'd up.
4055  * When packets are received on free'd up rings, MAC (through the generation
4056  * count mechanism) will drop such packets.
4057  */
4058 static mac_ring_t *
mac_ring_alloc(mac_impl_t * mip)4059 mac_ring_alloc(mac_impl_t *mip)
4060 {
4061 	mac_ring_t *ring;
4062 
4063 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
4064 	if (mip->mi_ring_freelist != NULL) {
4065 		ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
4066 		mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring->mr_next;
4067 		bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t));
4068 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
4069 	} else {
4070 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
4071 		ring = kmem_cache_alloc(mac_ring_cache, KM_SLEEP);
4072 	}
4073 	ASSERT((ring != NULL) && (ring->mr_state == MR_FREE));
4074 	return (ring);
4075 }
4076 
4077 static void
mac_ring_free(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_t * ring)4078 mac_ring_free(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *ring)
4079 {
4080 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
4081 
4082 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
4083 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
4084 	ring->mr_flag = 0;
4085 	ring->mr_next = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
4086 	ring->mr_mip = NULL;
4087 	mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring;
4088 	mac_ring_stat_delete(ring);
4089 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
4090 }
4091 
4092 static void
mac_ring_freeall(mac_impl_t * mip)4093 mac_ring_freeall(mac_impl_t *mip)
4094 {
4095 	mac_ring_t *ring_next;
4096 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
4097 	mac_ring_t *ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
4098 	while (ring != NULL) {
4099 		ring_next = ring->mr_next;
4100 		kmem_cache_free(mac_ring_cache, ring);
4101 		ring = ring_next;
4102 	}
4103 	mip->mi_ring_freelist = NULL;
4104 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
4105 }
4106 
4107 int
mac_start_ring(mac_ring_t * ring)4108 mac_start_ring(mac_ring_t *ring)
4109 {
4110 	int rv = 0;
4111 
4112 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
4113 
4114 	if (ring->mr_start != NULL) {
4115 		rv = ring->mr_start(ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_gen_num);
4116 		if (rv != 0)
4117 			return (rv);
4118 	}
4119 
4120 	ring->mr_state = MR_INUSE;
4121 	return (rv);
4122 }
4123 
4124 void
mac_stop_ring(mac_ring_t * ring)4125 mac_stop_ring(mac_ring_t *ring)
4126 {
4127 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE);
4128 
4129 	if (ring->mr_stop != NULL)
4130 		ring->mr_stop(ring->mr_driver);
4131 
4132 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
4133 
4134 	/*
4135 	 * Increment the ring generation number for this ring.
4136 	 */
4137 	ring->mr_gen_num++;
4138 }
4139 
4140 int
mac_start_group(mac_group_t * group)4141 mac_start_group(mac_group_t *group)
4142 {
4143 	int rv = 0;
4144 
4145 	if (group->mrg_start != NULL)
4146 		rv = group->mrg_start(group->mrg_driver);
4147 
4148 	return (rv);
4149 }
4150 
4151 void
mac_stop_group(mac_group_t * group)4152 mac_stop_group(mac_group_t *group)
4153 {
4154 	if (group->mrg_stop != NULL)
4155 		group->mrg_stop(group->mrg_driver);
4156 }
4157 
4158 /*
4159  * Called from mac_start() on the default Rx group. Broadcast and multicast
4160  * packets are received only on the default group. Hence the default group
4161  * needs to be up even if the primary client is not up, for the other groups
4162  * to be functional. We do this by calling this function at mac_start time
4163  * itself. However the broadcast packets that are received can't make their
4164  * way beyond mac_rx until a mac client creates a broadcast flow.
4165  */
4166 static int
mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t * group)4167 mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group)
4168 {
4169 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
4170 	int		rv = 0;
4171 
4172 	ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
4173 	if ((rv = mac_start_group(group)) != 0)
4174 		return (rv);
4175 
4176 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
4177 		ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
4178 
4179 		if ((rv = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0)
4180 			goto error;
4181 
4182 		/*
4183 		 * When aggr_set_port_sdu() is called, it will remove
4184 		 * the port client's unicast address. This will cause
4185 		 * MAC to stop the default group's rings on the port
4186 		 * MAC. After it modifies the SDU, it will then re-add
4187 		 * the unicast address. At which time, this function is
4188 		 * called to start the default group's rings. Normally
4189 		 * this function would set the classify type to
4190 		 * MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER; but that will break aggr which
4191 		 * relies on the passthru classify mode being set for
4192 		 * correct delivery (see mac_rx_common()). To avoid
4193 		 * that, we check for a passthru callback and set the
4194 		 * classify type to MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER; as it was
4195 		 * before the rings were stopped.
4196 		 */
4197 		ring->mr_classify_type = (ring->mr_pt_fn != NULL) ?
4198 		    MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER : MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER;
4199 	}
4200 	return (0);
4201 
4202 error:
4203 	mac_stop_group_and_rings(group);
4204 	return (rv);
4205 }
4206 
4207 /* Called from mac_stop on the default Rx group */
4208 static void
mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t * group)4209 mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group)
4210 {
4211 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
4212 
4213 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
4214 		if (ring->mr_state != MR_FREE) {
4215 			mac_stop_ring(ring);
4216 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
4217 			ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER;
4218 		}
4219 	}
4220 	mac_stop_group(group);
4221 }
4222 
4223 
4224 static mac_ring_t *
mac_init_ring(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_group_t * group,int index,mac_capab_rings_t * cap_rings)4225 mac_init_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int index,
4226     mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings)
4227 {
4228 	mac_ring_t *ring, *rnext;
4229 	mac_ring_info_t ring_info;
4230 	ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle;
4231 
4232 	ring = mac_ring_alloc(mip);
4233 
4234 	/* Prepare basic information of ring */
4235 
4236 	/*
4237 	 * Ring index is numbered to be unique across a particular device.
4238 	 * Ring index computation makes following assumptions:
4239 	 *	- For drivers with static grouping (e.g. ixgbe, bge),
4240 	 *	ring index exchanged with the driver (e.g. during mr_rget)
4241 	 *	is unique only across the group the ring belongs to.
4242 	 *	- Drivers with dynamic grouping (e.g. nxge), start
4243 	 *	with single group (mrg_index = 0).
4244 	 */
4245 	ring->mr_index = group->mrg_index * group->mrg_info.mgi_count + index;
4246 	ring->mr_type = group->mrg_type;
4247 	ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group;
4248 
4249 	/* Insert the new ring to the list. */
4250 	ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings;
4251 	group->mrg_rings = ring;
4252 
4253 	/* Zero to reuse the info data structure */
4254 	bzero(&ring_info, sizeof (ring_info));
4255 
4256 	/* Query ring information from driver */
4257 	cap_rings->mr_rget(mip->mi_driver, group->mrg_type, group->mrg_index,
4258 	    index, &ring_info, (mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
4259 
4260 	ring->mr_info = ring_info;
4261 
4262 	/*
4263 	 * The interrupt handle could be shared among multiple rings.
4264 	 * Thus if there is a bunch of rings that are sharing an
4265 	 * interrupt, then only one ring among the bunch will be made
4266 	 * available for interrupt re-targeting; the rest will have
4267 	 * ddi_shared flag set to TRUE and would not be available for
4268 	 * be interrupt re-targeting.
4269 	 */
4270 	if ((ddi_handle = ring_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle) != NULL) {
4271 		rnext = ring->mr_next;
4272 		while (rnext != NULL) {
4273 			if (rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle ==
4274 			    ddi_handle) {
4275 				/*
4276 				 * If default ring (mr_index == 0) is part
4277 				 * of a group of rings sharing an
4278 				 * interrupt, then set ddi_shared flag for
4279 				 * the default ring and give another ring
4280 				 * the chance to be re-targeted.
4281 				 */
4282 				if (rnext->mr_index == 0 &&
4283 				    !rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) {
4284 					rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4285 					    B_TRUE;
4286 				} else {
4287 					ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4288 					    B_TRUE;
4289 				}
4290 				break;
4291 			}
4292 			rnext = rnext->mr_next;
4293 		}
4294 		/*
4295 		 * If rnext is NULL, then no matching ddi_handle was found.
4296 		 * Rx rings get registered first. So if this is a Tx ring,
4297 		 * then go through all the Rx rings and see if there is a
4298 		 * matching ddi handle.
4299 		 */
4300 		if (rnext == NULL && ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
4301 			mac_compare_ddi_handle(mip->mi_rx_groups,
4302 			    mip->mi_rx_group_count, ring);
4303 		}
4304 	}
4305 
4306 	/* Update ring's status */
4307 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
4308 	ring->mr_flag = 0;
4309 
4310 	/* Update the ring count of the group */
4311 	group->mrg_cur_count++;
4312 
4313 	/* Create per ring kstats */
4314 	if (ring->mr_stat != NULL) {
4315 		ring->mr_mip = mip;
4316 		mac_ring_stat_create(ring);
4317 	}
4318 
4319 	return (ring);
4320 }
4321 
4322 /*
4323  * Rings are chained together for easy regrouping.
4324  */
4325 static void
mac_init_group(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_group_t * group,int size,mac_capab_rings_t * cap_rings)4326 mac_init_group(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int size,
4327     mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings)
4328 {
4329 	int index;
4330 
4331 	/*
4332 	 * Initialize all ring members of this group. Size of zero will not
4333 	 * enter the loop, so it's safe for initializing an empty group.
4334 	 */
4335 	for (index = size - 1; index >= 0; index--)
4336 		(void) mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings);
4337 }
4338 
4339 int
mac_init_rings(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_type_t rtype)4340 mac_init_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
4341 {
4342 	mac_capab_rings_t	*cap_rings;
4343 	mac_group_t		*group;
4344 	mac_group_t		*groups;
4345 	mac_group_info_t	group_info;
4346 	uint_t			group_free = 0;
4347 	uint_t			ring_left;
4348 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
4349 	int			g;
4350 	int			err = 0;
4351 	uint_t			grpcnt;
4352 	boolean_t		pseudo_txgrp = B_FALSE;
4353 
4354 	switch (rtype) {
4355 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4356 		ASSERT(mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL);
4357 
4358 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
4359 		cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_RX;
4360 		break;
4361 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4362 		ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL);
4363 
4364 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
4365 		cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_TX;
4366 		break;
4367 	default:
4368 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4369 	}
4370 
4371 	if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_RINGS, cap_rings))
4372 		return (0);
4373 	grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_gnum;
4374 
4375 	/*
4376 	 * If we have multiple TX rings, but only one TX group, we can
4377 	 * create pseudo TX groups (one per TX ring) in the MAC layer,
4378 	 * except for an aggr. For an aggr currently we maintain only
4379 	 * one group with all the rings (for all its ports), going
4380 	 * forwards we might change this.
4381 	 */
4382 	if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
4383 	    cap_rings->mr_gnum == 0 && cap_rings->mr_rnum >  0 &&
4384 	    (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR) == 0) {
4385 		/*
4386 		 * The -1 here is because we create a default TX group
4387 		 * with all the rings in it.
4388 		 */
4389 		grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_rnum - 1;
4390 		pseudo_txgrp = B_TRUE;
4391 	}
4392 
4393 	/*
4394 	 * Allocate a contiguous buffer for all groups.
4395 	 */
4396 	groups = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_group_t) * (grpcnt+ 1), KM_SLEEP);
4397 
4398 	ring_left = cap_rings->mr_rnum;
4399 
4400 	/*
4401 	 * Get all ring groups if any, and get their ring members
4402 	 * if any.
4403 	 */
4404 	for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) {
4405 		group = groups + g;
4406 
4407 		/* Prepare basic information of the group */
4408 		group->mrg_index = g;
4409 		group->mrg_type = rtype;
4410 		group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT;
4411 		group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip;
4412 		group->mrg_next = group + 1;
4413 
4414 		/* Zero to reuse the info data structure */
4415 		bzero(&group_info, sizeof (group_info));
4416 
4417 		if (pseudo_txgrp) {
4418 			/*
4419 			 * This is a pseudo group that we created, apart
4420 			 * from setting the state there is nothing to be
4421 			 * done.
4422 			 */
4423 			group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
4424 			group_free++;
4425 			continue;
4426 		}
4427 		/* Query group information from driver */
4428 		cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, g, &group_info,
4429 		    (mac_group_handle_t)group);
4430 
4431 		switch (cap_rings->mr_group_type) {
4432 		case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC:
4433 			if (cap_rings->mr_gaddring == NULL ||
4434 			    cap_rings->mr_gremring == NULL) {
4435 				DTRACE_PROBE3(
4436 				    mac__init__rings_no_addremring,
4437 				    char *, mip->mi_name,
4438 				    mac_group_add_ring_t,
4439 				    cap_rings->mr_gaddring,
4440 				    mac_group_add_ring_t,
4441 				    cap_rings->mr_gremring);
4442 				err = EINVAL;
4443 				goto bail;
4444 			}
4445 
4446 			switch (rtype) {
4447 			case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4448 				/*
4449 				 * The first RX group must have non-zero
4450 				 * rings, and the following groups must
4451 				 * have zero rings.
4452 				 */
4453 				if (g == 0 && group_info.mgi_count == 0) {
4454 					DTRACE_PROBE1(
4455 					    mac__init__rings__rx__def__zero,
4456 					    char *, mip->mi_name);
4457 					err = EINVAL;
4458 					goto bail;
4459 				}
4460 				if (g > 0 && group_info.mgi_count != 0) {
4461 					DTRACE_PROBE3(
4462 					    mac__init__rings__rx__nonzero,
4463 					    char *, mip->mi_name,
4464 					    int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count);
4465 					err = EINVAL;
4466 					goto bail;
4467 				}
4468 				break;
4469 			case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4470 				/*
4471 				 * All TX ring groups must have zero rings.
4472 				 */
4473 				if (group_info.mgi_count != 0) {
4474 					DTRACE_PROBE3(
4475 					    mac__init__rings__tx__nonzero,
4476 					    char *, mip->mi_name,
4477 					    int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count);
4478 					err = EINVAL;
4479 					goto bail;
4480 				}
4481 				break;
4482 			}
4483 			break;
4484 		case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC:
4485 			/*
4486 			 * Note that an empty group is allowed, e.g., an aggr
4487 			 * would start with an empty group.
4488 			 */
4489 			break;
4490 		default:
4491 			/* unknown group type */
4492 			DTRACE_PROBE2(mac__init__rings__unknown__type,
4493 			    char *, mip->mi_name,
4494 			    int, cap_rings->mr_group_type);
4495 			err = EINVAL;
4496 			goto bail;
4497 		}
4498 
4499 
4500 		/*
4501 		 * The driver must register some form of hardware MAC
4502 		 * filter in order for Rx groups to support multiple
4503 		 * MAC addresses.
4504 		 */
4505 		if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
4506 		    (group_info.mgi_addmac == NULL ||
4507 		    group_info.mgi_remmac == NULL)) {
4508 			DTRACE_PROBE1(mac__init__rings__no__mac__filter,
4509 			    char *, mip->mi_name);
4510 			err = EINVAL;
4511 			goto bail;
4512 		}
4513 
4514 		/* Cache driver-supplied information */
4515 		group->mrg_info = group_info;
4516 
4517 		/* Update the group's status and group count. */
4518 		mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
4519 		group_free++;
4520 
4521 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
4522 		group->mrg_cur_count = 0;
4523 		mac_init_group(mip, group, group_info.mgi_count, cap_rings);
4524 		ring_left -= group_info.mgi_count;
4525 
4526 		/* The current group size should be equal to default value */
4527 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == group_info.mgi_count);
4528 	}
4529 
4530 	/* Build up a dummy group for free resources as a pool */
4531 	group = groups + grpcnt;
4532 
4533 	/* Prepare basic information of the group */
4534 	group->mrg_index = -1;
4535 	group->mrg_type = rtype;
4536 	group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT;
4537 	group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip;
4538 	group->mrg_next = NULL;
4539 
4540 	/*
4541 	 * If there are ungrouped rings, allocate a continuous buffer for
4542 	 * remaining resources.
4543 	 */
4544 	if (ring_left != 0) {
4545 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
4546 		group->mrg_cur_count = 0;
4547 		mac_init_group(mip, group, ring_left, cap_rings);
4548 
4549 		/* The current group size should be equal to ring_left */
4550 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == ring_left);
4551 
4552 		ring_left = 0;
4553 
4554 		/* Update this group's status */
4555 		mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
4556 	} else {
4557 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
4558 	}
4559 
4560 	ASSERT(ring_left == 0);
4561 
4562 bail:
4563 
4564 	/* Cache other important information to finalize the initialization */
4565 	switch (rtype) {
4566 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4567 		mip->mi_rx_group_type = cap_rings->mr_group_type;
4568 		mip->mi_rx_group_count = cap_rings->mr_gnum;
4569 		mip->mi_rx_groups = groups;
4570 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = groups;
4571 		if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
4572 			/*
4573 			 * The default ring is reserved since it is
4574 			 * used for sending the broadcast etc. packets.
4575 			 */
4576 			mip->mi_rxrings_avail =
4577 			    mip->mi_rx_groups->mrg_cur_count - 1;
4578 			mip->mi_rxrings_rsvd = 1;
4579 		}
4580 		/*
4581 		 * The default group cannot be reserved. It is used by
4582 		 * all the clients that do not have an exclusive group.
4583 		 */
4584 		mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_rx_group_count - 1;
4585 		mip->mi_rxhwclnt_used = 1;
4586 		break;
4587 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4588 		mip->mi_tx_group_type = pseudo_txgrp ? MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC :
4589 		    cap_rings->mr_group_type;
4590 		mip->mi_tx_group_count = grpcnt;
4591 		mip->mi_tx_group_free = group_free;
4592 		mip->mi_tx_groups = groups;
4593 
4594 		group = groups + grpcnt;
4595 		ring = group->mrg_rings;
4596 		/*
4597 		 * The ring can be NULL in the case of aggr. Aggr will
4598 		 * have an empty Tx group which will get populated
4599 		 * later when pseudo Tx rings are added after
4600 		 * mac_register() is done.
4601 		 */
4602 		if (ring == NULL) {
4603 			ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR);
4604 			/*
4605 			 * pass the group to aggr so it can add Tx
4606 			 * rings to the group later.
4607 			 */
4608 			cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, 0, NULL,
4609 			    (mac_group_handle_t)group);
4610 			/*
4611 			 * Even though there are no rings at this time
4612 			 * (rings will come later), set the group
4613 			 * state to registered.
4614 			 */
4615 			group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
4616 		} else {
4617 			/*
4618 			 * Ring 0 is used as the default one and it could be
4619 			 * assigned to a client as well.
4620 			 */
4621 			while ((ring->mr_index != 0) && (ring->mr_next != NULL))
4622 				ring = ring->mr_next;
4623 			ASSERT(ring->mr_index == 0);
4624 			mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
4625 		}
4626 		if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
4627 			mip->mi_txrings_avail = group->mrg_cur_count - 1;
4628 			/*
4629 			 * The default ring cannot be reserved.
4630 			 */
4631 			mip->mi_txrings_rsvd = 1;
4632 		}
4633 		/*
4634 		 * The default group cannot be reserved. It will be shared
4635 		 * by clients that do not have an exclusive group.
4636 		 */
4637 		mip->mi_txhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_tx_group_count;
4638 		mip->mi_txhwclnt_used = 1;
4639 		break;
4640 	default:
4641 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4642 	}
4643 
4644 	if (err != 0)
4645 		mac_free_rings(mip, rtype);
4646 
4647 	return (err);
4648 }
4649 
4650 /*
4651  * The ddi interrupt handle could be shared amoung rings. If so, compare
4652  * the new ring's ddi handle with the existing ones and set ddi_shared
4653  * flag.
4654  */
4655 void
mac_compare_ddi_handle(mac_group_t * groups,uint_t grpcnt,mac_ring_t * cring)4656 mac_compare_ddi_handle(mac_group_t *groups, uint_t grpcnt, mac_ring_t *cring)
4657 {
4658 	mac_group_t *group;
4659 	mac_ring_t *ring;
4660 	ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle;
4661 	int g;
4662 
4663 	ddi_handle = cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle;
4664 	for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) {
4665 		group = groups + g;
4666 		for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
4667 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
4668 			if (ring == cring)
4669 				continue;
4670 			if (ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle ==
4671 			    ddi_handle) {
4672 				if (cring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
4673 				    ring->mr_index == 0 &&
4674 				    !ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) {
4675 					ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4676 					    B_TRUE;
4677 				} else {
4678 					cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4679 					    B_TRUE;
4680 				}
4681 				return;
4682 			}
4683 		}
4684 	}
4685 }
4686 
4687 /*
4688  * Called to free all groups of particular type (RX or TX). It's assumed that
4689  * no clients are using these groups.
4690  */
4691 void
mac_free_rings(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_type_t rtype)4692 mac_free_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
4693 {
4694 	mac_group_t *group, *groups;
4695 	uint_t group_count;
4696 
4697 	switch (rtype) {
4698 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4699 		if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL)
4700 			return;
4701 
4702 		groups = mip->mi_rx_groups;
4703 		group_count = mip->mi_rx_group_count;
4704 
4705 		mip->mi_rx_groups = NULL;
4706 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = NULL;
4707 		mip->mi_rx_group_count = 0;
4708 		break;
4709 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4710 		ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_group_count == mip->mi_tx_group_free);
4711 
4712 		if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL)
4713 			return;
4714 
4715 		groups = mip->mi_tx_groups;
4716 		group_count = mip->mi_tx_group_count;
4717 
4718 		mip->mi_tx_groups = NULL;
4719 		mip->mi_tx_group_count = 0;
4720 		mip->mi_tx_group_free = 0;
4721 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = NULL;
4722 		break;
4723 	default:
4724 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4725 	}
4726 
4727 	for (group = groups; group != NULL; group = group->mrg_next) {
4728 		mac_ring_t *ring;
4729 
4730 		if (group->mrg_cur_count == 0)
4731 			continue;
4732 
4733 		ASSERT(group->mrg_rings != NULL);
4734 
4735 		while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) {
4736 			group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4737 			mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4738 		}
4739 	}
4740 
4741 	/* Free all the cached rings */
4742 	mac_ring_freeall(mip);
4743 	/* Free the block of group data strutures */
4744 	kmem_free(groups, sizeof (mac_group_t) * (group_count + 1));
4745 }
4746 
4747 /*
4748  * Associate the VLAN filter to the receive group.
4749  */
4750 int
mac_group_addvlan(mac_group_t * group,uint16_t vlan)4751 mac_group_addvlan(mac_group_t *group, uint16_t vlan)
4752 {
4753 	VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4754 	VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_addvlan, !=, NULL);
4755 
4756 	if (vlan > VLAN_ID_MAX)
4757 		return (EINVAL);
4758 
4759 	vlan = MAC_VLAN_UNTAGGED_VID(vlan);
4760 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addvlan(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, vlan));
4761 }
4762 
4763 /*
4764  * Dissociate the VLAN from the receive group.
4765  */
4766 int
mac_group_remvlan(mac_group_t * group,uint16_t vlan)4767 mac_group_remvlan(mac_group_t *group, uint16_t vlan)
4768 {
4769 	VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4770 	VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_remvlan, !=, NULL);
4771 
4772 	if (vlan > VLAN_ID_MAX)
4773 		return (EINVAL);
4774 
4775 	vlan = MAC_VLAN_UNTAGGED_VID(vlan);
4776 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remvlan(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, vlan));
4777 }
4778 
4779 /*
4780  * Associate a MAC address with a receive group.
4781  *
4782  * The return value of this function should always be checked properly, because
4783  * any type of failure could cause unexpected results. A group can be added
4784  * or removed with a MAC address only after it has been reserved. Ideally,
4785  * a successful reservation always leads to calling mac_group_addmac() to
4786  * steer desired traffic. Failure of adding an unicast MAC address doesn't
4787  * always imply that the group is functioning abnormally.
4788  *
4789  * Currently this function is called everywhere, and it reflects assumptions
4790  * about MAC addresses in the implementation. CR 6735196.
4791  */
4792 int
mac_group_addmac(mac_group_t * group,const uint8_t * addr)4793 mac_group_addmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr)
4794 {
4795 	VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4796 	VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac, !=, NULL);
4797 
4798 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr));
4799 }
4800 
4801 /*
4802  * Remove the association between MAC address and receive group.
4803  */
4804 int
mac_group_remmac(mac_group_t * group,const uint8_t * addr)4805 mac_group_remmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr)
4806 {
4807 	VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4808 	VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac, !=, NULL);
4809 
4810 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr));
4811 }
4812 
4813 /*
4814  * This is the entry point for packets transmitted through the bridge
4815  * code. If no bridge is in place, mac_ring_tx() transmits via the tx
4816  * ring. The 'rh' pointer may be NULL to select the default ring.
4817  */
4818 mblk_t *
mac_bridge_tx(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_handle_t rh,mblk_t * mp)4819 mac_bridge_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
4820 {
4821 	mac_handle_t mh;
4822 
4823 	/*
4824 	 * Once we take a reference on the bridge link, the bridge
4825 	 * module itself can't unload, so the callback pointers are
4826 	 * stable.
4827 	 */
4828 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
4829 	if ((mh = mip->mi_bridge_link) != NULL)
4830 		mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_TRUE);
4831 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
4832 	if (mh == NULL) {
4833 		mp = mac_ring_tx((mac_handle_t)mip, rh, mp);
4834 	} else {
4835 		/*
4836 		 * The bridge may place this mblk on a provider's Tx
4837 		 * path, a mac's Rx path, or both. Since we don't have
4838 		 * enough information at this point, we can't be sure
4839 		 * that the destination(s) are capable of handling the
4840 		 * hardware offloads requested by the mblk. We emulate
4841 		 * them here as it is the safest choice. In the
4842 		 * future, if bridge performance becomes a priority,
4843 		 * we can elide the emulation here and leave the
4844 		 * choice up to bridge.
4845 		 *
4846 		 * We don't clear the DB_CKSUMFLAGS here because
4847 		 * HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM (Tx) and HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM_OK
4848 		 * (Rx) still have the same value. If the bridge
4849 		 * receives a packet from a HCKSUM_IPHDRCKSUM NIC then
4850 		 * the mac(s) it is forwarded on may calculate the
4851 		 * checksum again, but incorrectly (because the
4852 		 * checksum field is not zero). Until the
4853 		 * HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM/HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM_OK issue is
4854 		 * resovled, we leave the flag clearing in bridge
4855 		 * itself.
4856 		 */
4857 		if ((DB_CKSUMFLAGS(mp) & (HCK_TX_FLAGS | HW_LSO_FLAGS)) != 0) {
4858 			mac_hw_emul(&mp, NULL, NULL, MAC_ALL_EMULS);
4859 		}
4860 
4861 		mp = mac_bridge_tx_cb(mh, rh, mp);
4862 		mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_FALSE);
4863 	}
4864 
4865 	return (mp);
4866 }
4867 
4868 /*
4869  * Find a ring from its index.
4870  */
4871 mac_ring_handle_t
mac_find_ring(mac_group_handle_t gh,int index)4872 mac_find_ring(mac_group_handle_t gh, int index)
4873 {
4874 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
4875 	mac_ring_t *ring = group->mrg_rings;
4876 
4877 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next)
4878 		if (ring->mr_index == index)
4879 			break;
4880 
4881 	return ((mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
4882 }
4883 /*
4884  * Add a ring to an existing group.
4885  *
4886  * The ring must be either passed directly (for example if the ring
4887  * movement is initiated by the framework), or specified through a driver
4888  * index (for example when the ring is added by the driver.
4889  *
4890  * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function.
4891  */
4892 int
i_mac_group_add_ring(mac_group_t * group,mac_ring_t * ring,int index)4893 i_mac_group_add_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring, int index)
4894 {
4895 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh;
4896 	mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings;
4897 	boolean_t driver_call = (ring == NULL);
4898 	mac_group_type_t group_type;
4899 	int ret = 0;
4900 	flow_entry_t *flent;
4901 
4902 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4903 
4904 	switch (group->mrg_type) {
4905 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4906 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
4907 		group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type;
4908 		break;
4909 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4910 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
4911 		group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type;
4912 		break;
4913 	default:
4914 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4915 	}
4916 
4917 	/*
4918 	 * There should be no ring with the same ring index in the target
4919 	 * group.
4920 	 */
4921 	ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group,
4922 	    driver_call ? index : ring->mr_index) == NULL);
4923 
4924 	if (driver_call) {
4925 		/*
4926 		 * The function is called as a result of a request from
4927 		 * a driver to add a ring to an existing group, for example
4928 		 * from the aggregation driver. Allocate a new mac_ring_t
4929 		 * for that ring.
4930 		 */
4931 		ring = mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings);
4932 		ASSERT(group->mrg_state > MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT);
4933 	} else {
4934 		/*
4935 		 * The function is called as a result of a MAC layer request
4936 		 * to add a ring to an existing group. In this case the
4937 		 * ring is being moved between groups, which requires
4938 		 * the underlying driver to support dynamic grouping,
4939 		 * and the mac_ring_t already exists.
4940 		 */
4941 		ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC);
4942 		ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL ||
4943 		    cap_rings->mr_gaddring != NULL);
4944 		ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == NULL);
4945 	}
4946 
4947 	/*
4948 	 * At this point the ring should not be in use, and it should be
4949 	 * of the right for the target group.
4950 	 */
4951 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state < MR_INUSE);
4952 	ASSERT(ring->mr_srs == NULL);
4953 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type);
4954 
4955 	if (!driver_call) {
4956 		/*
4957 		 * Add the driver level hardware ring if the process was not
4958 		 * initiated by the driver, and the target group is not the
4959 		 * group.
4960 		 */
4961 		if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) {
4962 			cap_rings->mr_gaddring(group->mrg_driver,
4963 			    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4964 		}
4965 
4966 		/*
4967 		 * Insert the ring ahead existing rings.
4968 		 */
4969 		ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings;
4970 		group->mrg_rings = ring;
4971 		ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group;
4972 		group->mrg_cur_count++;
4973 	}
4974 
4975 	/*
4976 	 * If the group has not been actively used, we're done.
4977 	 */
4978 	if (group->mrg_index != -1 &&
4979 	    group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
4980 		return (0);
4981 
4982 	/*
4983 	 * Start the ring if needed. Failure causes to undo the grouping action.
4984 	 */
4985 	if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
4986 		if ((ret = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0) {
4987 			if (!driver_call) {
4988 				cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver,
4989 				    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4990 			}
4991 			group->mrg_cur_count--;
4992 			group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4993 
4994 			ring->mr_gh = NULL;
4995 
4996 			if (driver_call)
4997 				mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4998 
4999 			return (ret);
5000 		}
5001 	}
5002 
5003 	/*
5004 	 * Set up SRS/SR according to the ring type.
5005 	 */
5006 	switch (ring->mr_type) {
5007 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
5008 		/*
5009 		 * Setup an SRS on top of the new ring if the group is
5010 		 * reserved for someone's exclusive use.
5011 		 */
5012 		if (group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
5013 			mac_client_impl_t *mcip =  MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
5014 
5015 			VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL);
5016 			flent = mcip->mci_flent;
5017 			VERIFY3S(flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt, >, 0);
5018 			mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK);
5019 			mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
5020 			    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL);
5021 		} else {
5022 			ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER;
5023 		}
5024 		break;
5025 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
5026 	{
5027 		mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = group->mrg_clients;
5028 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5029 		mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
5030 		mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
5031 
5032 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)) {
5033 			if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)
5034 				mac_stop_ring(ring);
5035 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
5036 			break;
5037 		}
5038 		/*
5039 		 * If the rings are being moved to a group that has
5040 		 * clients using it, then add the new rings to the
5041 		 * clients SRS.
5042 		 */
5043 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
5044 			boolean_t	is_aggr;
5045 
5046 			mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
5047 			flent = mcip->mci_flent;
5048 			is_aggr = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR_CLIENT);
5049 			mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
5050 			tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
5051 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5052 			/*
5053 			 * If we are  growing from 1 to multiple rings.
5054 			 */
5055 			if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW ||
5056 			    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE ||
5057 			    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) {
5058 				mac_ring_t	*tx_ring = tx->st_arg2;
5059 
5060 				tx->st_arg2 = NULL;
5061 				mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_TRUE);
5062 				mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, tx_ring);
5063 				if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) {
5064 					tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_BW_AGGR :
5065 					    SRS_TX_BW_FANOUT;
5066 				} else {
5067 					tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_AGGR :
5068 					    SRS_TX_FANOUT;
5069 				}
5070 				tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode);
5071 			}
5072 			mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, ring);
5073 			mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
5074 			    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL);
5075 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5076 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
5077 		}
5078 		break;
5079 	}
5080 	default:
5081 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
5082 	}
5083 	/*
5084 	 * For aggr, the default ring will be NULL to begin with. If it
5085 	 * is NULL, then pick the first ring that gets added as the
5086 	 * default ring. Any ring in an aggregation can be removed at
5087 	 * any time (by the user action of removing a link) and if the
5088 	 * current default ring gets removed, then a new one gets
5089 	 * picked (see i_mac_group_rem_ring()).
5090 	 */
5091 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR &&
5092 	    mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL &&
5093 	    ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
5094 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
5095 	}
5096 
5097 	MAC_RING_UNMARK(ring, MR_INCIPIENT);
5098 	return (0);
5099 }
5100 
5101 static void
i_mac_group_aggr_remove_tx_ring(mac_group_t * group,mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_t * ring)5102 i_mac_group_aggr_remove_tx_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_impl_t *mip,
5103     mac_ring_t *ring)
5104 {
5105 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR &&
5106 	    mip->mi_default_tx_ring == (mac_ring_handle_t)ring) {
5107 		/* pick a new default Tx ring */
5108 		mac_ring_t *new_default = group->mrg_rings;
5109 
5110 		while (new_default == ring)
5111 			new_default = new_default->mr_next;
5112 
5113 		/* Yes, this can be NULL. */
5114 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)new_default;
5115 	}
5116 
5117 	/*
5118 	 * If the ring-group isn't at least reserved, don't bother as there
5119 	 * won't be unquiesced rings.
5120 	 */
5121 	if (group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
5122 		return;
5123 
5124 	/*
5125 	 * The two remaining states: RESERVED and SHARED, mean we need to
5126 	 * alert all/any upper clients!
5127 	 */
5128 	for (mac_grp_client_t *mgc = group->mrg_clients; mgc != NULL;
5129 	    mgc = mgc->mgc_next) {
5130 		mac_soft_ring_t *sringp;
5131 		mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
5132 		mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs;
5133 		mac_srs_tx_t *srs_tx;
5134 
5135 		mcip = mgc->mgc_client;
5136 		VERIFY(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR_CLIENT);
5137 		mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
5138 		ASSERT(mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_AGGR ||
5139 		    mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_BW_AGGR);
5140 		srs_tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
5141 		/*
5142 		 * Wakeup any callers blocked on this Tx ring due to flow
5143 		 * control.
5144 		 */
5145 		sringp = srs_tx->st_soft_rings[ring->mr_index];
5146 		VERIFY(sringp != NULL);
5147 		mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5148 		mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, (mac_tx_cookie_t)sringp);
5149 		mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring);
5150 		mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5151 	}
5152 }
5153 
5154 /*
5155  * Remove a ring from it's current group. MAC internal function for dynamic
5156  * grouping.
5157  *
5158  * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function.
5159  */
5160 void
i_mac_group_rem_ring(mac_group_t * group,mac_ring_t * ring,boolean_t driver_call)5161 i_mac_group_rem_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring,
5162     boolean_t driver_call)
5163 {
5164 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh;
5165 	mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings = NULL;
5166 	mac_group_type_t group_type;
5167 
5168 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5169 
5170 	ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group,
5171 	    ring->mr_index) == (mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
5172 	ASSERT((mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh == group);
5173 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type);
5174 
5175 	if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)
5176 		mac_stop_ring(ring);
5177 	switch (ring->mr_type) {
5178 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
5179 		group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type;
5180 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
5181 
5182 		/*
5183 		 * Only hardware classified packets hold a reference to the
5184 		 * ring all the way up the Rx path. mac_rx_srs_remove()
5185 		 * will take care of quiescing the Rx path and removing the
5186 		 * SRS. The software classified path neither holds a reference
5187 		 * nor any association with the ring in mac_rx.
5188 		 */
5189 		if (ring->mr_srs != NULL) {
5190 			mac_rx_srs_remove(ring->mr_srs);
5191 			ring->mr_srs = NULL;
5192 		}
5193 
5194 		break;
5195 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
5196 	{
5197 		mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
5198 		mac_group_t		*defgrp;
5199 
5200 		/*
5201 		 * For TX this function is invoked in three cases:
5202 		 *
5203 		 * 1) In the case of a failure during the initial creation of
5204 		 * a group when a share is associated with a MAC client. So
5205 		 * the SRS is not yet setup, and will be setup later after the
5206 		 * group has been reserved and populated.
5207 		 *
5208 		 * 2) From mac_release_tx_group() when freeing a TX SRS.
5209 		 *
5210 		 * 3) In the case of aggr, when a port gets removed, the
5211 		 * pseudo Tx rings that it exposed gets removed.
5212 		 *
5213 		 * In the first two cases the SRS and its soft rings are
5214 		 * already quiesced, AND we are not being called by a driver
5215 		 * ioctl (driver_call).
5216 		 *
5217 		 * The third case is factored out to the
5218 		 * i_mac_group_aggr_remove_tx_ring() function above.
5219 		 */
5220 		if (driver_call) {
5221 			i_mac_group_aggr_remove_tx_ring(group, mip, ring);
5222 			break; /* Out of the MAC_RING_TYPE_TX case. */
5223 		}
5224 		ASSERT(ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring);
5225 		group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type;
5226 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
5227 		/*
5228 		 * See if we need to take it out of the MAC clients using
5229 		 * this group
5230 		 */
5231 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group))
5232 			break;
5233 		mgcp = group->mrg_clients;
5234 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
5235 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
5236 			mac_client_impl_t *mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
5237 			mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
5238 			mac_srs_tx_t *srs_tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
5239 
5240 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5241 			/*
5242 			 * If we are here when removing rings from the default
5243 			 * group, mac_reserve_tx_ring would have already
5244 			 * deleted the ring from the MAC clients in the group.
5245 			 */
5246 			if (group != defgrp) {
5247 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
5248 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
5249 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs, ring));
5250 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring);
5251 			}
5252 			/*
5253 			 * Additionally, if we are left with only
5254 			 * one ring in the group after this, we need
5255 			 * to modify the mode etc. to. (We haven't
5256 			 * yet taken the ring out, so we check with 2).
5257 			 */
5258 			if (group->mrg_cur_count == 2) {
5259 				mac_ring_t *rem_ring;
5260 				uint_t ring_info = 0;
5261 
5262 				if (ring->mr_next == NULL)
5263 					rem_ring = group->mrg_rings;
5264 				else
5265 					rem_ring = ring->mr_next;
5266 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
5267 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
5268 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs,
5269 				    rem_ring));
5270 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, rem_ring);
5271 				if (rem_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
5272 					(void) mac_start_ring(rem_ring);
5273 				}
5274 				srs_tx->st_arg2 = (void *)rem_ring;
5275 				mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_FALSE);
5276 				ring_info = mac_hwring_getinfo(
5277 				    (mac_ring_handle_t)rem_ring);
5278 				/*
5279 				 * We are  shrinking from multiple
5280 				 * to 1 ring.
5281 				 */
5282 				if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) {
5283 					srs_tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_BW;
5284 				} else if (mac_tx_serialize ||
5285 				    (ring_info & MAC_RING_TX_SERIALIZE)) {
5286 					srs_tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_SERIALIZE;
5287 				} else {
5288 					srs_tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_DEFAULT;
5289 				}
5290 				srs_tx->st_func =
5291 				    mac_tx_get_func(srs_tx->st_mode);
5292 			}
5293 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5294 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
5295 		}
5296 		break;
5297 	}
5298 	default:
5299 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
5300 	}
5301 
5302 	/*
5303 	 * Remove the ring from the group.
5304 	 */
5305 	if (ring == group->mrg_rings)
5306 		group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
5307 	else {
5308 		mac_ring_t *pre;
5309 
5310 		pre = group->mrg_rings;
5311 		while (pre->mr_next != ring)
5312 			pre = pre->mr_next;
5313 		pre->mr_next = ring->mr_next;
5314 	}
5315 	group->mrg_cur_count--;
5316 
5317 	if (!driver_call) {
5318 		ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC);
5319 		ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL ||
5320 		    cap_rings->mr_gremring != NULL);
5321 
5322 		/*
5323 		 * Remove the driver level hardware ring.
5324 		 */
5325 		if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) {
5326 			cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver,
5327 			    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
5328 		}
5329 	}
5330 
5331 	ring->mr_gh = NULL;
5332 	if (driver_call)
5333 		mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
5334 	else
5335 		ring->mr_flag = 0;
5336 }
5337 
5338 /*
5339  * Move a ring to the target group. If needed, remove the ring from the group
5340  * that it currently belongs to.
5341  *
5342  * The caller need to enter MAC's perimeter by calling mac_perim_enter().
5343  */
5344 static int
mac_group_mov_ring(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_group_t * d_group,mac_ring_t * ring)5345 mac_group_mov_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *d_group, mac_ring_t *ring)
5346 {
5347 	mac_group_t *s_group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh;
5348 	int rv;
5349 
5350 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5351 	ASSERT(d_group != NULL);
5352 	ASSERT(s_group == NULL || s_group->mrg_mh == d_group->mrg_mh);
5353 
5354 	if (s_group == d_group)
5355 		return (0);
5356 
5357 	/*
5358 	 * Remove it from current group first.
5359 	 */
5360 	if (s_group != NULL)
5361 		i_mac_group_rem_ring(s_group, ring, B_FALSE);
5362 
5363 	/*
5364 	 * Add it to the new group.
5365 	 */
5366 	rv = i_mac_group_add_ring(d_group, ring, 0);
5367 	if (rv != 0) {
5368 		/*
5369 		 * Failed to add ring back to source group. If
5370 		 * that fails, the ring is stuck in limbo, log message.
5371 		 */
5372 		if (i_mac_group_add_ring(s_group, ring, 0)) {
5373 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "%s: failed to move ring %p\n",
5374 			    mip->mi_name, (void *)ring);
5375 		}
5376 	}
5377 
5378 	return (rv);
5379 }
5380 
5381 /*
5382  * Find a MAC address according to its value.
5383  */
5384 mac_address_t *
mac_find_macaddr(mac_impl_t * mip,uint8_t * mac_addr)5385 mac_find_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip, uint8_t *mac_addr)
5386 {
5387 	mac_address_t *map;
5388 
5389 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5390 
5391 	for (map = mip->mi_addresses; map != NULL; map = map->ma_next) {
5392 		if (bcmp(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)
5393 			break;
5394 	}
5395 
5396 	return (map);
5397 }
5398 
5399 /*
5400  * Check whether the MAC address is shared by multiple clients.
5401  */
5402 boolean_t
mac_check_macaddr_shared(mac_address_t * map)5403 mac_check_macaddr_shared(mac_address_t *map)
5404 {
5405 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)map->ma_mip));
5406 
5407 	return (map->ma_nusers > 1);
5408 }
5409 
5410 /*
5411  * Remove the specified MAC address from the MAC address list and free it.
5412  */
5413 static void
mac_free_macaddr(mac_address_t * map)5414 mac_free_macaddr(mac_address_t *map)
5415 {
5416 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
5417 
5418 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5419 	VERIFY3P(mip->mi_addresses, !=, NULL);
5420 
5421 	VERIFY3P(map, ==, mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr));
5422 	VERIFY3P(map, !=, NULL);
5423 	VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0);
5424 	VERIFY3P(map->ma_vlans, ==, NULL);
5425 
5426 	if (map == mip->mi_addresses) {
5427 		mip->mi_addresses = map->ma_next;
5428 	} else {
5429 		mac_address_t *pre;
5430 
5431 		pre = mip->mi_addresses;
5432 		while (pre->ma_next != map)
5433 			pre = pre->ma_next;
5434 		pre->ma_next = map->ma_next;
5435 	}
5436 
5437 	kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t));
5438 }
5439 
5440 static mac_vlan_t *
mac_find_vlan(mac_address_t * map,uint16_t vid)5441 mac_find_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid)
5442 {
5443 	mac_vlan_t *mvp;
5444 
5445 	for (mvp = map->ma_vlans; mvp != NULL; mvp = mvp->mv_next) {
5446 		if (mvp->mv_vid == vid)
5447 			return (mvp);
5448 	}
5449 
5450 	return (NULL);
5451 }
5452 
5453 static mac_vlan_t *
mac_add_vlan(mac_address_t * map,uint16_t vid)5454 mac_add_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid)
5455 {
5456 	mac_vlan_t *mvp;
5457 
5458 	/*
5459 	 * We should never add the same {addr, VID} tuple more
5460 	 * than once, but let's be sure.
5461 	 */
5462 	for (mvp = map->ma_vlans; mvp != NULL; mvp = mvp->mv_next)
5463 		VERIFY3U(mvp->mv_vid, !=, vid);
5464 
5465 	/* Add the VLAN to the head of the VLAN list. */
5466 	mvp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_vlan_t), KM_SLEEP);
5467 	mvp->mv_vid = vid;
5468 	mvp->mv_next = map->ma_vlans;
5469 	map->ma_vlans = mvp;
5470 
5471 	return (mvp);
5472 }
5473 
5474 static void
mac_rem_vlan(mac_address_t * map,mac_vlan_t * mvp)5475 mac_rem_vlan(mac_address_t *map, mac_vlan_t *mvp)
5476 {
5477 	mac_vlan_t *pre;
5478 
5479 	if (map->ma_vlans == mvp) {
5480 		map->ma_vlans = mvp->mv_next;
5481 	} else {
5482 		pre = map->ma_vlans;
5483 		while (pre->mv_next != mvp) {
5484 			pre = pre->mv_next;
5485 
5486 			/*
5487 			 * We've reached the end of the list without
5488 			 * finding mvp.
5489 			 */
5490 			VERIFY3P(pre, !=, NULL);
5491 		}
5492 		pre->mv_next = mvp->mv_next;
5493 	}
5494 
5495 	kmem_free(mvp, sizeof (mac_vlan_t));
5496 }
5497 
5498 /*
5499  * Create a new mac_address_t if this is the first use of the address
5500  * or add a VID to an existing address. In either case, the
5501  * mac_address_t acts as a list of {addr, VID} tuples where each tuple
5502  * shares the same addr. If group is non-NULL then attempt to program
5503  * the MAC's HW filters for this group. Otherwise, if group is NULL,
5504  * then the MAC has no rings and there is nothing to program.
5505  */
5506 int
mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_group_t * group,uint8_t * addr,uint16_t vid,boolean_t use_hw)5507 mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, uint8_t *addr,
5508     uint16_t vid, boolean_t use_hw)
5509 {
5510 	mac_address_t	*map;
5511 	mac_vlan_t	*mvp;
5512 	int		err = 0;
5513 	boolean_t	allocated_map = B_FALSE;
5514 	boolean_t	hw_mac = B_FALSE;
5515 	boolean_t	hw_vlan = B_FALSE;
5516 
5517 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5518 
5519 	map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, addr);
5520 
5521 	/*
5522 	 * If this is the first use of this MAC address then allocate
5523 	 * and initialize a new structure.
5524 	 */
5525 	if (map == NULL) {
5526 		map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP);
5527 		map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
5528 		bcopy(addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5529 		map->ma_nusers = 0;
5530 		map->ma_group = group;
5531 		map->ma_mip = mip;
5532 		map->ma_untagged = B_FALSE;
5533 
5534 		/* Add the new MAC address to the head of the address list. */
5535 		map->ma_next = mip->mi_addresses;
5536 		mip->mi_addresses = map;
5537 
5538 		allocated_map = B_TRUE;
5539 	}
5540 
5541 	VERIFY(map->ma_group == NULL || map->ma_group == group);
5542 	if (map->ma_group == NULL)
5543 		map->ma_group = group;
5544 
5545 	if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) {
5546 		map->ma_untagged = B_TRUE;
5547 		mvp = NULL;
5548 	} else {
5549 		mvp = mac_add_vlan(map, vid);
5550 	}
5551 
5552 	/*
5553 	 * Set the VLAN HW filter if:
5554 	 *
5555 	 * o the MAC's VLAN HW filtering is enabled, and
5556 	 * o the address does not currently rely on promisc mode.
5557 	 *
5558 	 * This is called even when the client specifies an untagged
5559 	 * address (VLAN_ID_NONE) because some MAC providers require
5560 	 * setting additional bits to accept untagged traffic when
5561 	 * VLAN HW filtering is enabled.
5562 	 */
5563 	if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group) &&
5564 	    map->ma_type != MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC) {
5565 		if ((err = mac_group_addvlan(group, vid)) != 0)
5566 			goto bail;
5567 
5568 		hw_vlan = B_TRUE;
5569 	}
5570 
5571 	VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, >=, 0);
5572 	map->ma_nusers++;
5573 
5574 	/*
5575 	 * If this MAC address already has a HW filter then simply
5576 	 * increment the counter.
5577 	 */
5578 	if (map->ma_nusers > 1)
5579 		return (0);
5580 
5581 	/*
5582 	 * All logic from here on out is executed during initial
5583 	 * creation only.
5584 	 */
5585 	VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 1);
5586 
5587 	/*
5588 	 * Activate this MAC address by adding it to the reserved group.
5589 	 */
5590 	if (group != NULL) {
5591 		err = mac_group_addmac(group, (const uint8_t *)addr);
5592 
5593 		/*
5594 		 * If the driver is out of filters then we can
5595 		 * continue and use promisc mode. For any other error,
5596 		 * assume the driver is in a state where we can't
5597 		 * program the filters or use promisc mode; so we must
5598 		 * bail.
5599 		 */
5600 		if (err != 0 && err != ENOSPC) {
5601 			map->ma_nusers--;
5602 			goto bail;
5603 		}
5604 
5605 		hw_mac = (err == 0);
5606 	}
5607 
5608 	if (hw_mac) {
5609 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
5610 		return (0);
5611 	}
5612 
5613 	/*
5614 	 * The MAC address addition failed. If the client requires a
5615 	 * hardware classified MAC address, fail the operation. This
5616 	 * feature is only used by sun4v vsw.
5617 	 */
5618 	if (use_hw && !hw_mac) {
5619 		err = ENOSPC;
5620 		map->ma_nusers--;
5621 		goto bail;
5622 	}
5623 
5624 	/*
5625 	 * If we reach this point then either the MAC doesn't have
5626 	 * RINGS capability or we are out of MAC address HW filters.
5627 	 * In any case we must put the MAC into promiscuous mode.
5628 	 */
5629 	VERIFY(group == NULL || !hw_mac);
5630 
5631 	/*
5632 	 * The one exception is the primary address. A non-RINGS
5633 	 * driver filters the primary address by default; promisc mode
5634 	 * is not needed.
5635 	 */
5636 	if ((group == NULL) &&
5637 	    (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)) {
5638 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
5639 		return (0);
5640 	}
5641 
5642 	/*
5643 	 * Enable promiscuous mode in order to receive traffic to the
5644 	 * new MAC address. All existing HW filters still send their
5645 	 * traffic to their respective group/SRSes. But with promisc
5646 	 * enabled all unknown traffic is delivered to the default
5647 	 * group where it is SW classified via mac_rx_classify().
5648 	 */
5649 	if ((err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_TRUE)) == 0) {
5650 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC;
5651 		return (0);
5652 	}
5653 
5654 	/*
5655 	 * We failed to set promisc mode and we are about to free 'map'.
5656 	 */
5657 	map->ma_nusers = 0;
5658 
5659 bail:
5660 	if (hw_vlan) {
5661 		int err2 = mac_group_remvlan(group, vid);
5662 
5663 		if (err2 != 0) {
5664 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to remove VLAN %u from group"
5665 			    " %d on MAC %s: %d.", vid, group->mrg_index,
5666 			    mip->mi_name, err2);
5667 		}
5668 	}
5669 
5670 	if (mvp != NULL)
5671 		mac_rem_vlan(map, mvp);
5672 
5673 	if (allocated_map)
5674 		mac_free_macaddr(map);
5675 
5676 	return (err);
5677 }
5678 
5679 int
mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(mac_address_t * map,uint16_t vid)5680 mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid)
5681 {
5682 	mac_vlan_t	*mvp;
5683 	mac_impl_t	*mip = map->ma_mip;
5684 	mac_group_t	*group = map->ma_group;
5685 	int		err = 0;
5686 
5687 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5688 	VERIFY3P(map, ==, mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr));
5689 
5690 	if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) {
5691 		map->ma_untagged = B_FALSE;
5692 		mvp = NULL;
5693 	} else {
5694 		mvp = mac_find_vlan(map, vid);
5695 		VERIFY3P(mvp, !=, NULL);
5696 	}
5697 
5698 	if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group) &&
5699 	    map->ma_type == MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED &&
5700 	    ((err = mac_group_remvlan(group, vid)) != 0))
5701 		return (err);
5702 
5703 	if (mvp != NULL)
5704 		mac_rem_vlan(map, mvp);
5705 
5706 	/*
5707 	 * If it's not the last client using this MAC address, only update
5708 	 * the MAC clients count.
5709 	 */
5710 	map->ma_nusers--;
5711 	if (map->ma_nusers > 0)
5712 		return (0);
5713 
5714 	VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0);
5715 
5716 	/*
5717 	 * The MAC address is no longer used by any MAC client, so
5718 	 * remove it from its associated group. Turn off promiscuous
5719 	 * mode if this is the last address relying on it.
5720 	 */
5721 	switch (map->ma_type) {
5722 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED:
5723 		/*
5724 		 * Don't free the preset primary address for drivers that
5725 		 * don't advertise RINGS capability.
5726 		 */
5727 		if (group == NULL)
5728 			return (0);
5729 
5730 		if ((err = mac_group_remmac(group, map->ma_addr)) != 0) {
5731 			if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE)
5732 				map->ma_untagged = B_TRUE;
5733 			else
5734 				(void) mac_add_vlan(map, vid);
5735 
5736 			/*
5737 			 * If we fail to remove the MAC address HW
5738 			 * filter but then also fail to re-add the
5739 			 * VLAN HW filter then we are in a busted
5740 			 * state. We do our best by logging a warning
5741 			 * and returning the original 'err' that got
5742 			 * us here. At this point, traffic for this
5743 			 * address + VLAN combination will be dropped
5744 			 * until the user reboots the system. In the
5745 			 * future, it would be nice to have a system
5746 			 * that can compare the state of expected
5747 			 * classification according to mac to the
5748 			 * actual state of the provider, and report
5749 			 * and fix any inconsistencies.
5750 			 */
5751 			if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group)) {
5752 				int err2;
5753 
5754 				err2 = mac_group_addvlan(group, vid);
5755 				if (err2 != 0) {
5756 					cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to readd VLAN"
5757 					    " %u to group %d on MAC %s: %d.",
5758 					    vid, group->mrg_index, mip->mi_name,
5759 					    err2);
5760 				}
5761 			}
5762 
5763 			map->ma_nusers = 1;
5764 			return (err);
5765 		}
5766 
5767 		map->ma_group = NULL;
5768 		break;
5769 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC:
5770 		err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_FALSE);
5771 		break;
5772 	default:
5773 		panic("Unexpected ma_type 0x%x, file: %s, line %d",
5774 		    map->ma_type, __FILE__, __LINE__);
5775 	}
5776 
5777 	if (err != 0) {
5778 		map->ma_nusers = 1;
5779 		return (err);
5780 	}
5781 
5782 	/*
5783 	 * We created MAC address for the primary one at registration, so we
5784 	 * won't free it here. mac_fini_macaddr() will take care of it.
5785 	 */
5786 	if (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) != 0)
5787 		mac_free_macaddr(map);
5788 
5789 	return (0);
5790 }
5791 
5792 /*
5793  * Update an existing MAC address. The caller need to make sure that the new
5794  * value has not been used.
5795  */
5796 int
mac_update_macaddr(mac_address_t * map,uint8_t * mac_addr)5797 mac_update_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr)
5798 {
5799 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
5800 	int err = 0;
5801 
5802 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5803 	ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL);
5804 
5805 	switch (map->ma_type) {
5806 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED:
5807 		/*
5808 		 * Update the primary address for drivers that are not
5809 		 * RINGS capable.
5810 		 */
5811 		if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) {
5812 			err = mip->mi_unicst(mip->mi_driver, (const uint8_t *)
5813 			    mac_addr);
5814 			if (err != 0)
5815 				return (err);
5816 			break;
5817 		}
5818 
5819 		/*
5820 		 * If this MAC address is not currently in use,
5821 		 * simply break out and update the value.
5822 		 */
5823 		if (map->ma_nusers == 0)
5824 			break;
5825 
5826 		/*
5827 		 * Need to replace the MAC address associated with a group.
5828 		 */
5829 		err = mac_group_remmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
5830 		if (err != 0)
5831 			return (err);
5832 
5833 		err = mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, mac_addr);
5834 
5835 		/*
5836 		 * Failure hints hardware error. The MAC layer needs to
5837 		 * have error notification facility to handle this.
5838 		 * Now, simply try to restore the value.
5839 		 */
5840 		if (err != 0)
5841 			(void) mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
5842 
5843 		break;
5844 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC:
5845 		/*
5846 		 * Need to do nothing more if in promiscuous mode.
5847 		 */
5848 		break;
5849 	default:
5850 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
5851 	}
5852 
5853 	/*
5854 	 * Successfully replaced the MAC address.
5855 	 */
5856 	if (err == 0)
5857 		bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5858 
5859 	return (err);
5860 }
5861 
5862 /*
5863  * Freshen the MAC address with new value. Its caller must have updated the
5864  * hardware MAC address before calling this function.
5865  * This funcitons is supposed to be used to handle the MAC address change
5866  * notification from underlying drivers.
5867  */
5868 void
mac_freshen_macaddr(mac_address_t * map,uint8_t * mac_addr)5869 mac_freshen_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr)
5870 {
5871 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
5872 
5873 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5874 	ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL);
5875 
5876 	/*
5877 	 * Freshen the MAC address with new value.
5878 	 */
5879 	bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5880 	bcopy(mac_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len);
5881 
5882 	/*
5883 	 * Update all MAC clients that share this MAC address.
5884 	 */
5885 	mac_unicast_update_clients(mip, map);
5886 }
5887 
5888 /*
5889  * Set up the primary MAC address.
5890  */
5891 void
mac_init_macaddr(mac_impl_t * mip)5892 mac_init_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip)
5893 {
5894 	mac_address_t *map;
5895 
5896 	/*
5897 	 * The reference count is initialized to zero, until it's really
5898 	 * activated.
5899 	 */
5900 	map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP);
5901 	map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
5902 	bcopy(mip->mi_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5903 
5904 	/*
5905 	 * If driver advertises RINGS capability, it shouldn't have initialized
5906 	 * its primary MAC address. For other drivers, including VNIC, the
5907 	 * primary address must work after registration.
5908 	 */
5909 	if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL)
5910 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
5911 
5912 	map->ma_mip = mip;
5913 
5914 	mip->mi_addresses = map;
5915 }
5916 
5917 /*
5918  * Clean up the primary MAC address. Note, only one primary MAC address
5919  * is allowed. All other MAC addresses must have been freed appropriately.
5920  */
5921 void
mac_fini_macaddr(mac_impl_t * mip)5922 mac_fini_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip)
5923 {
5924 	mac_address_t *map = mip->mi_addresses;
5925 
5926 	if (map == NULL)
5927 		return;
5928 
5929 	/*
5930 	 * If mi_addresses is initialized, there should be exactly one
5931 	 * entry left on the list with no users.
5932 	 */
5933 	VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0);
5934 	VERIFY3P(map->ma_next, ==, NULL);
5935 	VERIFY3P(map->ma_vlans, ==, NULL);
5936 
5937 	kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t));
5938 	mip->mi_addresses = NULL;
5939 }
5940 
5941 /*
5942  * Logging related functions.
5943  *
5944  * Note that Kernel statistics have been extended to maintain fine
5945  * granularity of statistics viz. hardware lane, software lane, fanout
5946  * stats etc. However, extended accounting continues to support only
5947  * aggregate statistics like before.
5948  */
5949 
5950 /* Write the flow description to a netinfo_t record */
5951 static netinfo_t *
mac_write_flow_desc(flow_entry_t * flent,mac_client_impl_t * mcip)5952 mac_write_flow_desc(flow_entry_t *flent, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5953 {
5954 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5955 	net_desc_t		*ndesc;
5956 	flow_desc_t		*fdesc;
5957 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp;
5958 
5959 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5960 	if (ninfo == NULL)
5961 		return (NULL);
5962 	ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5963 	if (ndesc == NULL) {
5964 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
5965 		return (NULL);
5966 	}
5967 
5968 	/*
5969 	 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc.
5970 	 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock
5971 	 */
5972 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
5973 	fdesc = &flent->fe_flow_desc;
5974 	mrp = &flent->fe_resource_props;
5975 
5976 	ndesc->nd_name = flent->fe_flow_name;
5977 	ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name;
5978 	bcopy(fdesc->fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL);
5979 	bcopy(fdesc->fd_dst_mac, ndesc->nd_edest, ETHERADDRL);
5980 	ndesc->nd_sap = htonl(fdesc->fd_sap);
5981 	ndesc->nd_isv4 = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_ipversion == IPV4_VERSION;
5982 	ndesc->nd_bw_limit = mrp->mrp_maxbw;
5983 	if (ndesc->nd_isv4) {
5984 		ndesc->nd_saddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_local_addr.s6_addr32[3]);
5985 		ndesc->nd_daddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_remote_addr.s6_addr32[3]);
5986 	} else {
5987 		bcopy(&fdesc->fd_local_addr, ndesc->nd_saddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN);
5988 		bcopy(&fdesc->fd_remote_addr, ndesc->nd_daddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN);
5989 	}
5990 	ndesc->nd_sport = htons(fdesc->fd_local_port);
5991 	ndesc->nd_dport = htons(fdesc->fd_remote_port);
5992 	ndesc->nd_protocol = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_protocol;
5993 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
5994 
5995 	ninfo->ni_record = ndesc;
5996 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t);
5997 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLDESC_REC;
5998 
5999 	return (ninfo);
6000 }
6001 
6002 /* Write the flow statistics to a netinfo_t record */
6003 static netinfo_t *
mac_write_flow_stats(flow_entry_t * flent)6004 mac_write_flow_stats(flow_entry_t *flent)
6005 {
6006 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
6007 	net_stat_t		*nstat;
6008 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
6009 	mac_rx_stats_t		*mac_rx_stat;
6010 	mac_tx_stats_t		*mac_tx_stat;
6011 	int			i;
6012 
6013 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
6014 	if (ninfo == NULL)
6015 		return (NULL);
6016 	nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
6017 	if (nstat == NULL) {
6018 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
6019 		return (NULL);
6020 	}
6021 
6022 	nstat->ns_name = flent->fe_flow_name;
6023 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
6024 		mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
6025 		mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat;
6026 
6027 		nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes +
6028 		    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes;
6029 		nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt +
6030 		    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt;
6031 		nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors;
6032 	}
6033 
6034 	mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(flent->fe_tx_srs);
6035 	if (mac_srs != NULL) {
6036 		mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat;
6037 
6038 		nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes;
6039 		nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets;
6040 		nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors;
6041 	}
6042 
6043 	ninfo->ni_record = nstat;
6044 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t);
6045 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLSTAT_REC;
6046 
6047 	return (ninfo);
6048 }
6049 
6050 /* Write the link description to a netinfo_t record */
6051 static netinfo_t *
mac_write_link_desc(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)6052 mac_write_link_desc(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
6053 {
6054 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
6055 	net_desc_t		*ndesc;
6056 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
6057 
6058 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
6059 	if (ninfo == NULL)
6060 		return (NULL);
6061 	ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
6062 	if (ndesc == NULL) {
6063 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
6064 		return (NULL);
6065 	}
6066 
6067 	ndesc->nd_name = mcip->mci_name;
6068 	ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name;
6069 	ndesc->nd_isv4 = B_TRUE;
6070 	/*
6071 	 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc.
6072 	 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock
6073 	 * after removing the flent from the flow table.
6074 	 */
6075 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
6076 	bcopy(flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL);
6077 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
6078 
6079 	ninfo->ni_record = ndesc;
6080 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t);
6081 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNDESC_REC;
6082 
6083 	return (ninfo);
6084 }
6085 
6086 /* Write the link statistics to a netinfo_t record */
6087 static netinfo_t *
mac_write_link_stats(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)6088 mac_write_link_stats(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
6089 {
6090 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
6091 	net_stat_t		*nstat;
6092 	flow_entry_t		*flent;
6093 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
6094 	mac_rx_stats_t		*mac_rx_stat;
6095 	mac_tx_stats_t		*mac_tx_stat;
6096 	int			i;
6097 
6098 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
6099 	if (ninfo == NULL)
6100 		return (NULL);
6101 	nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
6102 	if (nstat == NULL) {
6103 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
6104 		return (NULL);
6105 	}
6106 
6107 	nstat->ns_name = mcip->mci_name;
6108 	flent = mcip->mci_flent;
6109 	if (flent != NULL)  {
6110 		for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
6111 			mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
6112 			mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat;
6113 
6114 			nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes +
6115 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes +
6116 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes;
6117 			nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt +
6118 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt;
6119 			nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors;
6120 		}
6121 	}
6122 
6123 	mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(mcip->mci_flent->fe_tx_srs);
6124 	if (mac_srs != NULL) {
6125 		mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat;
6126 
6127 		nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes;
6128 		nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets;
6129 		nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors;
6130 	}
6131 
6132 	ninfo->ni_record = nstat;
6133 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t);
6134 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNSTAT_REC;
6135 
6136 	return (ninfo);
6137 }
6138 
6139 typedef struct i_mac_log_state_s {
6140 	boolean_t	mi_last;
6141 	int		mi_fenable;
6142 	int		mi_lenable;
6143 	list_t		*mi_list;
6144 } i_mac_log_state_t;
6145 
6146 /*
6147  * For a given flow, if the description has not been logged before, do it now.
6148  * If it is a VNIC, then we have collected information about it from the MAC
6149  * table, so skip it.
6150  *
6151  * Called through mac_flow_walk_nolock()
6152  *
6153  * Return 0 if successful.
6154  */
6155 static int
mac_log_flowinfo(flow_entry_t * flent,void * arg)6156 mac_log_flowinfo(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
6157 {
6158 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = flent->fe_mcip;
6159 	i_mac_log_state_t	*lstate = arg;
6160 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
6161 
6162 	if (mcip == NULL)
6163 		return (0);
6164 
6165 	/*
6166 	 * If the name starts with "vnic", and fe_user_generated is true (to
6167 	 * exclude the mcast and active flow entries created implicitly for
6168 	 * a vnic, it is a VNIC flow.  i.e. vnic1 is a vnic flow,
6169 	 * vnic/bge1/mcast1 is not and neither is vnic/bge1/active.
6170 	 */
6171 	if (strncasecmp(flent->fe_flow_name, "vnic", 4) == 0 &&
6172 	    (flent->fe_type & FLOW_USER) != 0) {
6173 		return (0);
6174 	}
6175 
6176 	if (!flent->fe_desc_logged) {
6177 		/*
6178 		 * We don't return error because we want to continue the
6179 		 * walk in case this is the last walk which means we
6180 		 * need to reset fe_desc_logged in all the flows.
6181 		 */
6182 		if ((ninfo = mac_write_flow_desc(flent, mcip)) == NULL)
6183 			return (0);
6184 		list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
6185 		flent->fe_desc_logged = B_TRUE;
6186 	}
6187 
6188 	/*
6189 	 * Regardless of the error, we want to proceed in case we have to
6190 	 * reset fe_desc_logged.
6191 	 */
6192 	ninfo = mac_write_flow_stats(flent);
6193 	if (ninfo == NULL)
6194 		return (-1);
6195 
6196 	list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
6197 
6198 	if (mcip != NULL && !(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED))
6199 		flent->fe_desc_logged = B_FALSE;
6200 
6201 	return (0);
6202 }
6203 
6204 /*
6205  * Log the description for each mac client of this mac_impl_t, if it
6206  * hasn't already been done. Additionally, log statistics for the link as
6207  * well. Walk the flow table and log information for each flow as well.
6208  * If it is the last walk (mci_last), then we turn off mci_desc_logged (and
6209  * also fe_desc_logged, if flow logging is on) since we want to log the
6210  * description if and when logging is restarted.
6211  *
6212  * Return 0 upon success or -1 upon failure
6213  */
6214 static int
i_mac_impl_log(mac_impl_t * mip,i_mac_log_state_t * lstate)6215 i_mac_impl_log(mac_impl_t *mip, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate)
6216 {
6217 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
6218 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
6219 
6220 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
6221 	/*
6222 	 * Only walk the client list for NIC and etherstub
6223 	 */
6224 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) ||
6225 	    ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) &&
6226 	    (mac_get_lower_mac_handle((mac_handle_t)mip) != NULL))) {
6227 		i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
6228 		return (0);
6229 	}
6230 
6231 	for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL;
6232 	    mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) {
6233 		if (!MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip))
6234 			continue;
6235 		if (lstate->mi_lenable) {
6236 			if (!(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED)) {
6237 				ninfo = mac_write_link_desc(mcip);
6238 				if (ninfo == NULL) {
6239 				/*
6240 				 * We can't terminate it if this is the last
6241 				 * walk, else there might be some links with
6242 				 * mi_desc_logged set to true, which means
6243 				 * their description won't be logged the next
6244 				 * time logging is started (similarly for the
6245 				 * flows within such links). We can continue
6246 				 * without walking the flow table (i.e. to
6247 				 * set fe_desc_logged to false) because we
6248 				 * won't have written any flow stuff for this
6249 				 * link as we haven't logged the link itself.
6250 				 */
6251 					i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
6252 					if (lstate->mi_last)
6253 						return (0);
6254 					else
6255 						return (-1);
6256 				}
6257 				mcip->mci_state_flags |= MCIS_DESC_LOGGED;
6258 				list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
6259 			}
6260 		}
6261 
6262 		ninfo = mac_write_link_stats(mcip);
6263 		if (ninfo == NULL && !lstate->mi_last) {
6264 			i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
6265 			return (-1);
6266 		}
6267 		list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
6268 
6269 		if (lstate->mi_last)
6270 			mcip->mci_state_flags &= ~MCIS_DESC_LOGGED;
6271 
6272 		if (lstate->mi_fenable) {
6273 			if (mcip->mci_subflow_tab != NULL) {
6274 				(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(
6275 				    mcip->mci_subflow_tab, mac_log_flowinfo,
6276 				    lstate);
6277 			}
6278 		}
6279 	}
6280 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
6281 	return (0);
6282 }
6283 
6284 /*
6285  * modhash walker function to add a mac_impl_t to a list
6286  */
6287 /*ARGSUSED*/
6288 static uint_t
i_mac_impl_list_walker(mod_hash_key_t key,mod_hash_val_t * val,void * arg)6289 i_mac_impl_list_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg)
6290 {
6291 	list_t			*list = (list_t *)arg;
6292 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)val;
6293 
6294 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) == 0) {
6295 		list_insert_tail(list, mip);
6296 		mip->mi_ref++;
6297 	}
6298 
6299 	return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
6300 }
6301 
6302 void
i_mac_log_info(list_t * net_log_list,i_mac_log_state_t * lstate)6303 i_mac_log_info(list_t *net_log_list, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate)
6304 {
6305 	list_t			mac_impl_list;
6306 	mac_impl_t		*mip;
6307 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
6308 
6309 	/* Create list of mac_impls */
6310 	ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&i_mac_impl_lock));
6311 	list_create(&mac_impl_list, sizeof (mac_impl_t), offsetof(mac_impl_t,
6312 	    mi_node));
6313 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_impl_list_walker, &mac_impl_list);
6314 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6315 
6316 	/* Create log entries for each mac_impl */
6317 	for (mip = list_head(&mac_impl_list); mip != NULL;
6318 	    mip = list_next(&mac_impl_list, mip)) {
6319 		if (i_mac_impl_log(mip, lstate) != 0)
6320 			continue;
6321 	}
6322 
6323 	/* Remove elements and destroy list of mac_impls */
6324 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
6325 	while ((mip = list_remove_tail(&mac_impl_list)) != NULL) {
6326 		mip->mi_ref--;
6327 	}
6328 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6329 	list_destroy(&mac_impl_list);
6330 
6331 	/*
6332 	 * Write log entries to files outside of locks, free associated
6333 	 * structures, and remove entries from the list.
6334 	 */
6335 	while ((ninfo = list_head(net_log_list)) != NULL) {
6336 		(void) exacct_commit_netinfo(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_type);
6337 		list_remove(net_log_list, ninfo);
6338 		kmem_free(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_size);
6339 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (*ninfo));
6340 	}
6341 	list_destroy(net_log_list);
6342 }
6343 
6344 /*
6345  * The timer thread that runs every mac_logging_interval seconds and logs
6346  * link and/or flow information.
6347  */
6348 /* ARGSUSED */
6349 void
mac_log_linkinfo(void * arg)6350 mac_log_linkinfo(void *arg)
6351 {
6352 	i_mac_log_state_t	lstate;
6353 	list_t			net_log_list;
6354 
6355 	list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t),
6356 	    offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link));
6357 
6358 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
6359 	if (!mac_flow_log_enable && !mac_link_log_enable) {
6360 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6361 		return;
6362 	}
6363 	lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable;
6364 	lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable;
6365 	lstate.mi_last = B_FALSE;
6366 	lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list;
6367 
6368 	/* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */
6369 	i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate);
6370 
6371 	if (mac_flow_log_enable || mac_link_log_enable) {
6372 		mac_logging_timer = timeout(mac_log_linkinfo, NULL,
6373 		    SEC_TO_TICK(mac_logging_interval));
6374 	}
6375 }
6376 
6377 typedef struct i_mac_fastpath_state_s {
6378 	boolean_t	mf_disable;
6379 	int		mf_err;
6380 } i_mac_fastpath_state_t;
6381 
6382 /* modhash walker function to enable or disable fastpath */
6383 /*ARGSUSED*/
6384 static uint_t
i_mac_fastpath_walker(mod_hash_key_t key,mod_hash_val_t * val,void * arg)6385 i_mac_fastpath_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val,
6386     void *arg)
6387 {
6388 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	*state = arg;
6389 	mac_handle_t		mh = (mac_handle_t)val;
6390 
6391 	if (state->mf_disable)
6392 		state->mf_err = mac_fastpath_disable(mh);
6393 	else
6394 		mac_fastpath_enable(mh);
6395 
6396 	return (state->mf_err == 0 ? MH_WALK_CONTINUE : MH_WALK_TERMINATE);
6397 }
6398 
6399 /*
6400  * Start the logging timer.
6401  */
6402 int
mac_start_logusage(mac_logtype_t type,uint_t interval)6403 mac_start_logusage(mac_logtype_t type, uint_t interval)
6404 {
6405 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	dstate = {B_TRUE, 0};
6406 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	estate = {B_FALSE, 0};
6407 	int			err;
6408 
6409 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
6410 	switch (type) {
6411 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
6412 		if (mac_flow_log_enable) {
6413 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6414 			return (0);
6415 		}
6416 		/* FALLTHRU */
6417 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
6418 		if (mac_link_log_enable) {
6419 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6420 			return (0);
6421 		}
6422 		break;
6423 	default:
6424 		ASSERT(0);
6425 	}
6426 
6427 	/* Disable fastpath */
6428 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &dstate);
6429 	if ((err = dstate.mf_err) != 0) {
6430 		/* Reenable fastpath  */
6431 		mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate);
6432 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6433 		return (err);
6434 	}
6435 
6436 	switch (type) {
6437 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
6438 		mac_flow_log_enable = B_TRUE;
6439 		/* FALLTHRU */
6440 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
6441 		mac_link_log_enable = B_TRUE;
6442 		break;
6443 	}
6444 
6445 	mac_logging_interval = interval;
6446 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6447 	mac_log_linkinfo(NULL);
6448 	return (0);
6449 }
6450 
6451 /*
6452  * Stop the logging timer if both link and flow logging are turned off.
6453  */
6454 void
mac_stop_logusage(mac_logtype_t type)6455 mac_stop_logusage(mac_logtype_t type)
6456 {
6457 	i_mac_log_state_t	lstate;
6458 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	estate = {B_FALSE, 0};
6459 	list_t			net_log_list;
6460 
6461 	list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t),
6462 	    offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link));
6463 
6464 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
6465 
6466 	lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable;
6467 	lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable;
6468 	lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list;
6469 
6470 	/* Last walk */
6471 	lstate.mi_last = B_TRUE;
6472 
6473 	switch (type) {
6474 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
6475 		if (lstate.mi_fenable) {
6476 			ASSERT(mac_link_log_enable);
6477 			mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE;
6478 			mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
6479 			break;
6480 		}
6481 		/* FALLTHRU */
6482 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
6483 		if (!lstate.mi_lenable || mac_flow_log_enable) {
6484 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
6485 			return;
6486 		}
6487 		mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
6488 		break;
6489 	default:
6490 		ASSERT(0);
6491 	}
6492 
6493 	/* Reenable fastpath */
6494 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate);
6495 
6496 	(void) untimeout(mac_logging_timer);
6497 	mac_logging_timer = NULL;
6498 
6499 	/* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */
6500 	i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate);
6501 }
6502 
6503 /*
6504  * Walk the rx and tx SRS/SRs for a flow and update the priority value.
6505  */
6506 void
mac_flow_update_priority(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,flow_entry_t * flent)6507 mac_flow_update_priority(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, flow_entry_t *flent)
6508 {
6509 	pri_t			pri;
6510 	int			count;
6511 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
6512 
6513 	if (flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt <= 0)
6514 		return;
6515 
6516 	if (((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[0])->srs_type ==
6517 	    SRST_FLOW) {
6518 		pri = FLOW_PRIORITY(mcip->mci_min_pri,
6519 		    mcip->mci_max_pri,
6520 		    flent->fe_resource_props.mrp_priority);
6521 	} else {
6522 		pri = mcip->mci_max_pri;
6523 	}
6524 
6525 	for (count = 0; count < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; count++) {
6526 		mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[count];
6527 		mac_update_srs_priority(mac_srs, pri);
6528 	}
6529 	/*
6530 	 * If we have a Tx SRS, we need to modify all the threads associated
6531 	 * with it.
6532 	 */
6533 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
6534 		mac_update_srs_priority(flent->fe_tx_srs, pri);
6535 }
6536 
6537 /*
6538  * RX and TX rings are reserved according to different semantics depending
6539  * on the requests from the MAC clients and type of rings:
6540  *
6541  * On the Tx side, by default we reserve individual rings, independently from
6542  * the groups.
6543  *
6544  * On the Rx side, the reservation is at the granularity of the group
6545  * of rings, and used for v12n level 1 only. It has a special case for the
6546  * primary client.
6547  *
6548  * If a share is allocated to a MAC client, we allocate a TX group and an
6549  * RX group to the client, and assign TX rings and RX rings to these
6550  * groups according to information gathered from the driver through
6551  * the share capability.
6552  *
6553  * The foreseable evolution of Rx rings will handle v12n level 2 and higher
6554  * to allocate individual rings out of a group and program the hw classifier
6555  * based on IP address or higher level criteria.
6556  */
6557 
6558 /*
6559  * mac_reserve_tx_ring()
6560  * Reserve a unused ring by marking it with MR_INUSE state.
6561  * As reserved, the ring is ready to function.
6562  *
6563  * Notes for Hybrid I/O:
6564  *
6565  * If a specific ring is needed, it is specified through the desired_ring
6566  * argument. Otherwise that argument is set to NULL.
6567  * If the desired ring was previous allocated to another client, this
6568  * function swaps it with a new ring from the group of unassigned rings.
6569  */
6570 mac_ring_t *
mac_reserve_tx_ring(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_t * desired_ring)6571 mac_reserve_tx_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *desired_ring)
6572 {
6573 	mac_group_t		*group;
6574 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
6575 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
6576 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*srs;
6577 
6578 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
6579 
6580 	/*
6581 	 * Find an available ring and start it before changing its status.
6582 	 * The unassigned rings are at the end of the mi_tx_groups
6583 	 * array.
6584 	 */
6585 	group = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
6586 
6587 	/* Can't take the default ring out of the default group */
6588 	ASSERT(desired_ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring);
6589 
6590 	if (desired_ring->mr_state == MR_FREE) {
6591 		ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group));
6592 		if (mac_start_ring(desired_ring) != 0)
6593 			return (NULL);
6594 		return (desired_ring);
6595 	}
6596 	/*
6597 	 * There are clients using this ring, so let's move the clients
6598 	 * away from using this ring.
6599 	 */
6600 	for (mgcp = group->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) {
6601 		mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6602 		mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6603 		srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
6604 		ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, desired_ring));
6605 		mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
6606 		    (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs,
6607 		    desired_ring));
6608 		mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, desired_ring);
6609 		mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6610 	}
6611 	return (desired_ring);
6612 }
6613 
6614 /*
6615  * For a non-default group with multiple clients, return the primary client.
6616  */
6617 static mac_client_impl_t *
mac_get_grp_primary(mac_group_t * grp)6618 mac_get_grp_primary(mac_group_t *grp)
6619 {
6620 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
6621 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
6622 
6623 	while (mgcp != NULL) {
6624 		mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6625 		if (mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC)
6626 			return (mcip);
6627 		mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6628 	}
6629 	return (NULL);
6630 }
6631 
6632 /*
6633  * Hybrid I/O specifies the ring that should be given to a share.
6634  * If the ring is already used by clients, then we need to release
6635  * the ring back to the default group so that we can give it to
6636  * the share. This means the clients using this ring now get a
6637  * replacement ring. If there aren't any replacement rings, this
6638  * function returns a failure.
6639  */
6640 static int
mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_type_t ring_type,mac_ring_t * ring,mac_ring_t ** rings,int nrings)6641 mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type,
6642     mac_ring_t *ring, mac_ring_t **rings, int nrings)
6643 {
6644 	mac_group_t		*group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh;
6645 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp;
6646 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
6647 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
6648 	mac_ring_t		*tring;
6649 	mac_group_t		*tgrp;
6650 	int			i;
6651 	int			j;
6652 
6653 	mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
6654 	if (mcip == NULL)
6655 		mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group);
6656 	ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
6657 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == 0);
6658 
6659 	mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
6660 	if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
6661 		defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
6662 		if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) == 0) {
6663 			/* Need to put this mac client in the default group */
6664 			if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp) != 0)
6665 				return (ENOSPC);
6666 		} else {
6667 			/*
6668 			 * Switch this ring with some other ring from
6669 			 * the default group.
6670 			 */
6671 			for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
6672 			    tring = tring->mr_next) {
6673 				if (tring->mr_index == 0)
6674 					continue;
6675 				for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
6676 					if (rings[j] == tring)
6677 						break;
6678 				}
6679 				if (j >= nrings)
6680 					break;
6681 			}
6682 			if (tring == NULL)
6683 				return (ENOSPC);
6684 			if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0)
6685 				return (ENOSPC);
6686 			if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) {
6687 				(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring);
6688 				return (ENOSPC);
6689 			}
6690 		}
6691 		ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp);
6692 		return (0);
6693 	}
6694 
6695 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
6696 	if (ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
6697 		/*
6698 		 * See if we can get a spare ring to replace the default
6699 		 * ring.
6700 		 */
6701 		if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1) {
6702 			/*
6703 			 * Need to get a ring from another client, see if
6704 			 * there are any clients that can be moved to
6705 			 * the default group, thereby freeing some rings.
6706 			 */
6707 			for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) {
6708 				tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
6709 				if (tgrp->mrg_state ==
6710 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) {
6711 					continue;
6712 				}
6713 				mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp);
6714 				if (mcip == NULL)
6715 					mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp);
6716 				ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
6717 				mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
6718 				if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) {
6719 					ASSERT(tgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1);
6720 					/*
6721 					 * If this ring is part of the
6722 					 * rings asked by the share we cannot
6723 					 * use it as the default ring.
6724 					 */
6725 					for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
6726 						if (rings[j] == tgrp->mrg_rings)
6727 							break;
6728 					}
6729 					if (j < nrings)
6730 						continue;
6731 					mac_tx_client_quiesce(
6732 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6733 					mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp,
6734 					    defgrp);
6735 					mac_tx_client_restart(
6736 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6737 					break;
6738 				}
6739 			}
6740 			/*
6741 			 * All the rings are reserved, can't give up the
6742 			 * default ring.
6743 			 */
6744 			if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count <= 1)
6745 				return (ENOSPC);
6746 		}
6747 		/*
6748 		 * Swap the default ring with another.
6749 		 */
6750 		for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
6751 		    tring = tring->mr_next) {
6752 			/*
6753 			 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the
6754 			 * share we cannot use it as the default ring.
6755 			 */
6756 			for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
6757 				if (rings[j] == tring)
6758 					break;
6759 			}
6760 			if (j >= nrings)
6761 				break;
6762 		}
6763 		ASSERT(tring != NULL);
6764 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)tring;
6765 		return (0);
6766 	}
6767 	/*
6768 	 * The Tx ring is with a group reserved by a MAC client. See if
6769 	 * we can swap it.
6770 	 */
6771 	ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED);
6772 	mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
6773 	if (mcip == NULL)
6774 		mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group);
6775 	ASSERT(mcip !=  NULL);
6776 	mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
6777 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6778 	if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) {
6779 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == 1);
6780 		/* Put this mac client in the default group */
6781 		mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp);
6782 	} else {
6783 		/*
6784 		 * Switch this ring with some other ring from
6785 		 * the default group.
6786 		 */
6787 		for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
6788 		    tring = tring->mr_next) {
6789 			if (tring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring)
6790 				continue;
6791 			/*
6792 			 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the
6793 			 * share we cannot use it for swapping.
6794 			 */
6795 			for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
6796 				if (rings[j] == tring)
6797 					break;
6798 			}
6799 			if (j >= nrings)
6800 				break;
6801 		}
6802 		if (tring == NULL) {
6803 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6804 			return (ENOSPC);
6805 		}
6806 		if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0) {
6807 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6808 			return (ENOSPC);
6809 		}
6810 		if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) {
6811 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring);
6812 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6813 			return (ENOSPC);
6814 		}
6815 	}
6816 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6817 	ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp);
6818 	return (0);
6819 }
6820 
6821 /*
6822  * Populate a zero-ring group with rings. If the share is non-NULL,
6823  * the rings are chosen according to that share.
6824  * Invoked after allocating a new RX or TX group through
6825  * mac_reserve_rx_group() or mac_reserve_tx_group(), respectively.
6826  * Returns zero on success, an errno otherwise.
6827  */
6828 int
i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_type_t ring_type,mac_group_t * src_group,mac_group_t * new_group,mac_share_handle_t share,uint32_t ringcnt)6829 i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type,
6830     mac_group_t *src_group, mac_group_t *new_group, mac_share_handle_t share,
6831     uint32_t ringcnt)
6832 {
6833 	mac_ring_t **rings, *ring;
6834 	uint_t nrings;
6835 	int rv = 0, i = 0, j;
6836 
6837 	ASSERT((ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
6838 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) ||
6839 	    (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
6840 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC));
6841 
6842 	/*
6843 	 * First find the rings to allocate to the group.
6844 	 */
6845 	if (share != 0) {
6846 		/* get rings through ms_squery() */
6847 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type, NULL, &nrings);
6848 		ASSERT(nrings != 0);
6849 		rings = kmem_alloc(nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
6850 		    KM_SLEEP);
6851 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type,
6852 		    (mac_ring_handle_t *)rings, &nrings);
6853 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
6854 			/*
6855 			 * If we have given this ring to a non-default
6856 			 * group, we need to check if we can get this
6857 			 * ring.
6858 			 */
6859 			ring = rings[i];
6860 			if (ring->mr_gh != (mac_group_handle_t)src_group ||
6861 			    ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
6862 				if (mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mip, ring_type,
6863 				    ring, rings, nrings) != 0) {
6864 					rv = ENOSPC;
6865 					goto bail;
6866 				}
6867 			}
6868 		}
6869 	} else {
6870 		/*
6871 		 * Pick one ring from default group.
6872 		 *
6873 		 * for now pick the second ring which requires the first ring
6874 		 * at index 0 to stay in the default group, since it is the
6875 		 * ring which carries the multicast traffic.
6876 		 * We need a better way for a driver to indicate this,
6877 		 * for example a per-ring flag.
6878 		 */
6879 		rings = kmem_alloc(ringcnt * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
6880 		    KM_SLEEP);
6881 		for (ring = src_group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
6882 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
6883 			if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
6884 			    ring->mr_index == 0) {
6885 				continue;
6886 			}
6887 			if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
6888 			    ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
6889 				continue;
6890 			}
6891 			rings[i++] = ring;
6892 			if (i == ringcnt)
6893 				break;
6894 		}
6895 		ASSERT(ring != NULL);
6896 		nrings = i;
6897 		/* Not enough rings as required */
6898 		if (nrings != ringcnt) {
6899 			rv = ENOSPC;
6900 			goto bail;
6901 		}
6902 	}
6903 
6904 	switch (ring_type) {
6905 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
6906 		if (src_group->mrg_cur_count - nrings < 1) {
6907 			/* we ran out of rings */
6908 			rv = ENOSPC;
6909 			goto bail;
6910 		}
6911 
6912 		/* move receive rings to new group */
6913 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
6914 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]);
6915 			if (rv != 0) {
6916 				/* move rings back on failure */
6917 				for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
6918 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip,
6919 					    src_group, rings[j]);
6920 				}
6921 				goto bail;
6922 			}
6923 		}
6924 		break;
6925 
6926 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: {
6927 		mac_ring_t *tmp_ring;
6928 
6929 		/* move the TX rings to the new group */
6930 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
6931 			/* get the desired ring */
6932 			tmp_ring = mac_reserve_tx_ring(mip, rings[i]);
6933 			if (tmp_ring == NULL) {
6934 				rv = ENOSPC;
6935 				goto bail;
6936 			}
6937 			ASSERT(tmp_ring == rings[i]);
6938 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]);
6939 			if (rv != 0) {
6940 				/* cleanup on failure */
6941 				for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
6942 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip,
6943 					    MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip),
6944 					    rings[j]);
6945 				}
6946 				goto bail;
6947 			}
6948 		}
6949 		break;
6950 	}
6951 	}
6952 
6953 	/* add group to share */
6954 	if (share != 0)
6955 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sadd(share, new_group->mrg_driver);
6956 
6957 bail:
6958 	/* free temporary array of rings */
6959 	kmem_free(rings, nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t));
6960 
6961 	return (rv);
6962 }
6963 
6964 void
mac_group_add_client(mac_group_t * grp,mac_client_impl_t * mcip)6965 mac_group_add_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
6966 {
6967 	mac_grp_client_t *mgcp;
6968 
6969 	for (mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) {
6970 		if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip)
6971 			break;
6972 	}
6973 
6974 	ASSERT(mgcp == NULL);
6975 
6976 	mgcp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_grp_client_t), KM_SLEEP);
6977 	mgcp->mgc_client = mcip;
6978 	mgcp->mgc_next = grp->mrg_clients;
6979 	grp->mrg_clients = mgcp;
6980 }
6981 
6982 void
mac_group_remove_client(mac_group_t * grp,mac_client_impl_t * mcip)6983 mac_group_remove_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
6984 {
6985 	mac_grp_client_t *mgcp, **pprev;
6986 
6987 	for (pprev = &grp->mrg_clients, mgcp = *pprev; mgcp != NULL;
6988 	    pprev = &mgcp->mgc_next, mgcp = *pprev) {
6989 		if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip)
6990 			break;
6991 	}
6992 
6993 	ASSERT(mgcp != NULL);
6994 
6995 	*pprev = mgcp->mgc_next;
6996 	kmem_free(mgcp, sizeof (mac_grp_client_t));
6997 }
6998 
6999 /*
7000  * Return true if any client on this group explicitly asked for HW
7001  * rings (of type mask) or have a bound share.
7002  */
7003 static boolean_t
i_mac_clients_hw(mac_group_t * grp,uint32_t mask)7004 i_mac_clients_hw(mac_group_t *grp, uint32_t mask)
7005 {
7006 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcip;
7007 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
7008 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp;
7009 
7010 	for (mgcip = grp->mrg_clients; mgcip != NULL; mgcip = mgcip->mgc_next) {
7011 		mcip = mgcip->mgc_client;
7012 		mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7013 		if (mcip->mci_share != 0 || (mrp->mrp_mask & mask) != 0)
7014 			return (B_TRUE);
7015 	}
7016 
7017 	return (B_FALSE);
7018 }
7019 
7020 /*
7021  * Finds an available group and exclusively reserves it for a client.
7022  * The group is chosen to suit the flow's resource controls (bandwidth and
7023  * fanout requirements) and the address type.
7024  * If the requestor is the pimary MAC then return the group with the
7025  * largest number of rings, otherwise the default ring when available.
7026  */
7027 mac_group_t *
mac_reserve_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,uint8_t * mac_addr,boolean_t move)7028 mac_reserve_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, uint8_t *mac_addr, boolean_t move)
7029 {
7030 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
7031 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7032 	mac_group_t		*grp = NULL;
7033 	int			i;
7034 	int			err = 0;
7035 	mac_address_t		*map;
7036 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7037 	int			nrings;
7038 	int			donor_grp_rcnt;
7039 	boolean_t		need_exclgrp = B_FALSE;
7040 	int			need_rings = 0;
7041 	mac_group_t		*candidate_grp = NULL;
7042 	mac_client_impl_t	*gclient;
7043 	mac_group_t		*donorgrp = NULL;
7044 	boolean_t		rxhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS;
7045 	boolean_t		unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7046 	boolean_t		isprimary;
7047 
7048 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
7049 
7050 	isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC;
7051 
7052 	/*
7053 	 * Check if a group already has this MAC address (case of VLANs)
7054 	 * unless we are moving this MAC client from one group to another.
7055 	 */
7056 	if (!move && (map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr)) != NULL) {
7057 		if (map->ma_group != NULL)
7058 			return (map->ma_group);
7059 	}
7060 
7061 	if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_rx_group_count == 0)
7062 		return (NULL);
7063 
7064 	/*
7065 	 * If this client is requesting exclusive MAC access then
7066 	 * return NULL to ensure the client uses the default group.
7067 	 */
7068 	if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE)
7069 		return (NULL);
7070 
7071 	/* For dynamic groups default unspecified to 1 */
7072 	if (rxhw && unspec &&
7073 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
7074 		mrp->mrp_nrxrings = 1;
7075 	}
7076 
7077 	/*
7078 	 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and
7079 	 * unspecified
7080 	 */
7081 	if (rxhw && mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0 &&
7082 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) {
7083 		return (NULL);
7084 	}
7085 
7086 	if (rxhw) {
7087 		/*
7088 		 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with nrxrings,
7089 		 * if unspec).
7090 		 */
7091 		if (unspec || mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0) {
7092 			need_exclgrp = B_TRUE;
7093 			need_rings = mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
7094 		} else if (mrp->mrp_nrxrings == 0) {
7095 			/*
7096 			 * We have asked for a software group.
7097 			 */
7098 			return (NULL);
7099 		}
7100 	} else if (isprimary && mip->mi_nactiveclients == 1 &&
7101 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
7102 		/*
7103 		 * If the primary is the only active client on this
7104 		 * mip and we have not asked for any rings, we give
7105 		 * it the default group so that the primary gets to
7106 		 * use all the rings.
7107 		 */
7108 		return (NULL);
7109 	}
7110 
7111 	/* The group that can donate rings */
7112 	donorgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
7113 
7114 	/*
7115 	 * The number of rings that the default group can donate.
7116 	 * We need to leave at least one ring.
7117 	 */
7118 	donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
7119 
7120 	/*
7121 	 * Try to exclusively reserve a RX group.
7122 	 *
7123 	 * For flows requiring HW_DEFAULT_RING (unicast flow of the primary
7124 	 * client), try to reserve the a non-default RX group and give
7125 	 * it all the rings from the donor group, except the default ring
7126 	 *
7127 	 * For flows requiring HW_RING (unicast flow of other clients), try
7128 	 * to reserve non-default RX group with the specified number of
7129 	 * rings, if available.
7130 	 *
7131 	 * For flows that have not asked for software or hardware ring,
7132 	 * try to reserve a non-default group with 1 ring, if available.
7133 	 */
7134 	for (i = 1; i < mip->mi_rx_group_count; i++) {
7135 		grp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i];
7136 
7137 		DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__trying, char *, mip->mi_name,
7138 		    int, grp->mrg_index, mac_group_state_t, grp->mrg_state);
7139 
7140 		/*
7141 		 * Check if this group could be a candidate group for
7142 		 * eviction if we need a group for this MAC client,
7143 		 * but there aren't any. A candidate group is one
7144 		 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got
7145 		 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what
7146 		 * the donor group can donate) for the new MAC
7147 		 * client.
7148 		 */
7149 		if (grp->mrg_state >= MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7150 			/*
7151 			 * If the donor group is not the default
7152 			 * group, don't bother looking for a candidate
7153 			 * group. If we don't have enough rings we
7154 			 * will check if the primary group can be
7155 			 * vacated.
7156 			 */
7157 			if (candidate_grp == NULL &&
7158 			    donorgrp == MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) {
7159 				if (!i_mac_clients_hw(grp, MRP_RX_RINGS) &&
7160 				    (unspec ||
7161 				    (grp->mrg_cur_count + donor_grp_rcnt >=
7162 				    need_rings))) {
7163 					candidate_grp = grp;
7164 				}
7165 			}
7166 			continue;
7167 		}
7168 		/*
7169 		 * This group could already be SHARED by other multicast
7170 		 * flows on this client. In that case, the group would
7171 		 * be shared and has already been started.
7172 		 */
7173 		ASSERT(grp->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT);
7174 
7175 		if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) &&
7176 		    (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)) {
7177 			continue;
7178 		}
7179 
7180 		if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
7181 			break;
7182 		ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
7183 
7184 		/*
7185 		 * Populate the group. Rings should be taken
7186 		 * from the donor group.
7187 		 */
7188 		nrings = rxhw ? need_rings : isprimary ? donor_grp_rcnt: 1;
7189 
7190 		/*
7191 		 * If the donor group can't donate, let's just walk and
7192 		 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have
7193 		 * enough rings for this, unless we already have
7194 		 * identified a candiate group..
7195 		 */
7196 		if (nrings <= donor_grp_rcnt) {
7197 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX,
7198 			    donorgrp, grp, share, nrings);
7199 			if (err == 0) {
7200 				/*
7201 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
7202 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
7203 				 * the property for the client now.
7204 				 */
7205 				if (share != 0) {
7206 					mac_client_set_rings(
7207 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip,
7208 					    grp->mrg_cur_count, -1);
7209 				}
7210 				if (mac_is_primary_client(mcip) && !rxhw)
7211 					mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = grp;
7212 				break;
7213 			}
7214 		}
7215 
7216 		DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
7217 		    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
7218 
7219 		/*
7220 		 * It's a dynamic group but the grouping operation
7221 		 * failed.
7222 		 */
7223 		mac_stop_group(grp);
7224 	}
7225 
7226 	/* We didn't find an exclusive group for this MAC client */
7227 	if (i >= mip->mi_rx_group_count) {
7228 
7229 		if (!need_exclgrp)
7230 			return (NULL);
7231 
7232 		/*
7233 		 * If we found a candidate group then move the
7234 		 * existing MAC client from the candidate_group to the
7235 		 * default group and give the candidate_group to the
7236 		 * new MAC client. If we didn't find a candidate
7237 		 * group, then check if the primary is in its own
7238 		 * group and if it can make way for this MAC client.
7239 		 */
7240 		if (candidate_grp == NULL &&
7241 		    donorgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip) &&
7242 		    donorgrp->mrg_cur_count >= need_rings) {
7243 			candidate_grp = donorgrp;
7244 		}
7245 		if (candidate_grp != NULL) {
7246 			boolean_t	prim_grp = B_FALSE;
7247 
7248 			/*
7249 			 * Switch the existing MAC client from the
7250 			 * candidate group to the default group. If
7251 			 * the candidate group is the donor group,
7252 			 * then after the switch we need to update the
7253 			 * donor group too.
7254 			 */
7255 			grp = candidate_grp;
7256 			gclient = grp->mrg_clients->mgc_client;
7257 			VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL);
7258 			if (grp == mip->mi_rx_donor_grp)
7259 				prim_grp = B_TRUE;
7260 			if (mac_rx_switch_group(gclient, grp,
7261 			    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != 0) {
7262 				return (NULL);
7263 			}
7264 			if (prim_grp) {
7265 				mip->mi_rx_donor_grp =
7266 				    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
7267 				donorgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
7268 			}
7269 
7270 			/*
7271 			 * Now give this group with the required rings
7272 			 * to this MAC client.
7273 			 */
7274 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
7275 			if (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)
7276 				return (NULL);
7277 
7278 			if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
7279 				return (grp);
7280 
7281 			donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
7282 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
7283 			ASSERT(donor_grp_rcnt >= need_rings);
7284 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX,
7285 			    donorgrp, grp, share, need_rings);
7286 			if (err == 0) {
7287 				/*
7288 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
7289 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
7290 				 * the property for the client now.
7291 				 */
7292 				if (share != 0) {
7293 					mac_client_set_rings(
7294 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip,
7295 					    grp->mrg_cur_count, -1);
7296 				}
7297 				DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved,
7298 				    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index);
7299 				return (grp);
7300 			}
7301 			DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
7302 			    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
7303 			mac_stop_group(grp);
7304 		}
7305 		return (NULL);
7306 	}
7307 	ASSERT(grp != NULL);
7308 
7309 	DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved,
7310 	    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index);
7311 	return (grp);
7312 }
7313 
7314 /*
7315  * mac_rx_release_group()
7316  *
7317  * Release the group when it has no remaining clients. The group is
7318  * stopped and its shares are removed and all rings are assigned back
7319  * to default group. This should never be called against the default
7320  * group.
7321  */
7322 void
mac_release_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_group_t * group)7323 mac_release_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group)
7324 {
7325 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7326 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
7327 
7328 	ASSERT(group != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip));
7329 	ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group) == B_TRUE);
7330 
7331 	if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group)
7332 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
7333 
7334 	/*
7335 	 * This is the case where there are no clients left. Any
7336 	 * SRS etc on this group have also be quiesced.
7337 	 */
7338 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
7339 		if (ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER) {
7340 			ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED);
7341 			/*
7342 			 * Remove the SRS associated with the HW ring.
7343 			 * As a result, polling will be disabled.
7344 			 */
7345 			ring->mr_srs = NULL;
7346 		}
7347 		ASSERT(group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED ||
7348 		    ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE);
7349 		if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) {
7350 			mac_stop_ring(ring);
7351 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
7352 		}
7353 	}
7354 
7355 	/* remove group from share */
7356 	if (mcip->mci_share != 0) {
7357 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(mcip->mci_share,
7358 		    group->mrg_driver);
7359 	}
7360 
7361 	if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
7362 		mac_ring_t *ring;
7363 
7364 		/*
7365 		 * Rings were dynamically allocated to group.
7366 		 * Move rings back to default group.
7367 		 */
7368 		while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) {
7369 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, mip->mi_rx_donor_grp,
7370 			    ring);
7371 		}
7372 	}
7373 	mac_stop_group(group);
7374 	/*
7375 	 * Possible improvement: See if we can assign the group just released
7376 	 * to a another client of the mip
7377 	 */
7378 }
7379 
7380 /*
7381  * Move the MAC address from fgrp to tgrp.
7382  */
7383 static int
mac_rx_move_macaddr(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_group_t * fgrp,mac_group_t * tgrp)7384 mac_rx_move_macaddr(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
7385     mac_group_t *tgrp)
7386 {
7387 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7388 	uint8_t			maddr[MAXMACADDRLEN];
7389 	int			err = 0;
7390 	uint16_t		vid;
7391 	mac_unicast_impl_t	*muip;
7392 	boolean_t		use_hw;
7393 
7394 	mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7395 	VERIFY3P(mcip->mci_unicast, !=, NULL);
7396 	bcopy(mcip->mci_unicast->ma_addr, maddr, mcip->mci_unicast->ma_len);
7397 
7398 	/*
7399 	 * Does the client require MAC address hardware classifiction?
7400 	 */
7401 	use_hw = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_UNICAST_HW) != 0;
7402 	vid = i_mac_flow_vid(mcip->mci_flent);
7403 
7404 	/*
7405 	 * You can never move an address that is shared by multiple
7406 	 * clients. mac_datapath_setup() ensures that clients sharing
7407 	 * an address are placed on the default group. This guarantees
7408 	 * that a non-default group will only ever have one client and
7409 	 * thus make full use of HW filters.
7410 	 */
7411 	if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast))
7412 		return (EINVAL);
7413 
7414 	err = mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(mcip->mci_unicast, vid);
7415 
7416 	if (err != 0) {
7417 		mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7418 		return (err);
7419 	}
7420 
7421 	/*
7422 	 * If this isn't the primary MAC address then the
7423 	 * mac_address_t has been freed by the last call to
7424 	 * mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(). In any case, NULL the reference
7425 	 * to avoid a dangling pointer.
7426 	 */
7427 	mcip->mci_unicast = NULL;
7428 
7429 	/*
7430 	 * We also have to NULL all the mui_map references -- sun4v
7431 	 * strikes again!
7432 	 */
7433 	rw_enter(&mcip->mci_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
7434 	for (muip = mcip->mci_unicast_list; muip != NULL; muip = muip->mui_next)
7435 		muip->mui_map = NULL;
7436 	rw_exit(&mcip->mci_rw_lock);
7437 
7438 	/*
7439 	 * Program the H/W Classifier first, if this fails we need not
7440 	 * proceed with the other stuff.
7441 	 */
7442 	if ((err = mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mip, tgrp, maddr, vid, use_hw)) != 0) {
7443 		int err2;
7444 
7445 		/* Revert back the H/W Classifier */
7446 		err2 = mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mip, fgrp, maddr, vid, use_hw);
7447 
7448 		if (err2 != 0) {
7449 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to revert HW classification"
7450 			    " on MAC %s, for client %s: %d.", mip->mi_name,
7451 			    mcip->mci_name, err2);
7452 		}
7453 
7454 		mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7455 		return (err);
7456 	}
7457 
7458 	/*
7459 	 * Get a reference to the new mac_address_t and update the
7460 	 * client's reference. Then restart the client and add the
7461 	 * other clients of this MAC addr (if they exsit).
7462 	 */
7463 	mcip->mci_unicast = mac_find_macaddr(mip, maddr);
7464 	rw_enter(&mcip->mci_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
7465 	for (muip = mcip->mci_unicast_list; muip != NULL; muip = muip->mui_next)
7466 		muip->mui_map = mcip->mci_unicast;
7467 	rw_exit(&mcip->mci_rw_lock);
7468 	mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7469 	return (0);
7470 }
7471 
7472 /*
7473  * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need
7474  * to remove the MAC address from the group, remove the MAC client,
7475  * teardown the SRSs and revert the group state. Then, we add the client
7476  * to the destination group, set the SRSs, and add the MAC address to the
7477  * group.
7478  */
7479 int
mac_rx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_group_t * fgrp,mac_group_t * tgrp)7480 mac_rx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
7481     mac_group_t *tgrp)
7482 {
7483 	int			err;
7484 	mac_group_state_t	next_state;
7485 	mac_client_impl_t	*group_only_mcip;
7486 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
7487 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7488 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
7489 
7490 	VERIFY3P(fgrp, ==, mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group);
7491 
7492 	if ((err = mac_rx_move_macaddr(mcip, fgrp, tgrp)) != 0)
7493 		return (err);
7494 
7495 	/*
7496 	 * If the group is marked as reserved and in use by a single
7497 	 * client, then there is an SRS to teardown.
7498 	 */
7499 	if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED &&
7500 	    MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) {
7501 		mac_rx_srs_group_teardown(mcip->mci_flent, B_TRUE);
7502 	}
7503 
7504 	/*
7505 	 * If we are moving the client from a non-default group, then
7506 	 * we know that any additional clients on this group share the
7507 	 * same MAC address. Since we moved the MAC address filter, we
7508 	 * need to move these clients too.
7509 	 *
7510 	 * If we are moving the client from the default group and its
7511 	 * MAC address has VLAN clients, then we must move those
7512 	 * clients as well.
7513 	 *
7514 	 * In both cases the idea is the same: we moved the MAC
7515 	 * address filter to the tgrp, so we must move all clients
7516 	 * using that MAC address to tgrp as well.
7517 	 */
7518 	if (fgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) {
7519 		mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
7520 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
7521 			gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7522 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7523 			mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
7524 			mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
7525 			gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp;
7526 		}
7527 		mac_release_rx_group(mcip, fgrp);
7528 		VERIFY3B(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp), ==, B_TRUE);
7529 		mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
7530 	} else {
7531 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
7532 		mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip);
7533 		mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp;
7534 
7535 		/*
7536 		 * If there are other clients (VLANs) sharing this address
7537 		 * then move them too.
7538 		 */
7539 		if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) {
7540 			/*
7541 			 * We need to move all the clients that are using
7542 			 * this MAC address.
7543 			 */
7544 			mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
7545 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
7546 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7547 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7548 				if (mcip->mci_unicast == gmcip->mci_unicast) {
7549 					mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
7550 					mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
7551 					gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group =
7552 					    tgrp;
7553 				}
7554 			}
7555 		}
7556 
7557 		/*
7558 		 * The default group still handles multicast and
7559 		 * broadcast traffic; it won't transition to
7560 		 * MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED.
7561 		 */
7562 		if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
7563 			mac_rx_group_unmark(fgrp, MR_CONDEMNED);
7564 		mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
7565 	}
7566 
7567 	next_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip,
7568 	    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip), B_TRUE);
7569 	mac_set_group_state(tgrp, next_state);
7570 
7571 	/*
7572 	 * If the destination group is reserved, then setup the SRSes.
7573 	 * Otherwise make sure to use SW classification.
7574 	 */
7575 	if (tgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7576 		mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, SRST_LINK);
7577 		mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent,
7578 		    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL);
7579 		mac_rx_group_unmark(tgrp, MR_INCIPIENT);
7580 	} else {
7581 		mac_rx_switch_grp_to_sw(tgrp);
7582 	}
7583 
7584 	return (0);
7585 }
7586 
7587 /*
7588  * Reserves a TX group for the specified share. Invoked by mac_tx_srs_setup()
7589  * when a share was allocated to the client.
7590  */
7591 mac_group_t *
mac_reserve_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,boolean_t move)7592 mac_reserve_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t move)
7593 {
7594 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7595 	mac_group_t		*grp = NULL;
7596 	int			rv;
7597 	int			i;
7598 	int			err;
7599 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
7600 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
7601 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7602 	int			nrings;
7603 	int			defnrings;
7604 	boolean_t		need_exclgrp = B_FALSE;
7605 	int			need_rings = 0;
7606 	mac_group_t		*candidate_grp = NULL;
7607 	mac_client_impl_t	*gclient;
7608 	mac_resource_props_t	*gmrp;
7609 	boolean_t		txhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS;
7610 	boolean_t		unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7611 	boolean_t		isprimary;
7612 
7613 	isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC;
7614 
7615 	/*
7616 	 * When we come here for a VLAN on the primary (dladm create-vlan),
7617 	 * we need to pair it along with the primary (to keep it consistent
7618 	 * with the RX side). So, we check if the primary is already assigned
7619 	 * to a group and return the group if so. The other way is also
7620 	 * true, i.e. the VLAN is already created and now we are plumbing
7621 	 * the primary.
7622 	 */
7623 	if (!move && isprimary) {
7624 		for (gclient = mip->mi_clients_list; gclient != NULL;
7625 		    gclient = gclient->mci_client_next) {
7626 			if (gclient->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC &&
7627 			    gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group != NULL) {
7628 				return (gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group);
7629 			}
7630 		}
7631 	}
7632 
7633 	if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_tx_group_count == 0)
7634 		return (NULL);
7635 
7636 	/* For dynamic groups, default unspec to 1 */
7637 	if (txhw && unspec &&
7638 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
7639 		mrp->mrp_ntxrings = 1;
7640 	}
7641 	/*
7642 	 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and
7643 	 * unspecified
7644 	 */
7645 	if (txhw && mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0 &&
7646 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) {
7647 		return (NULL);
7648 	}
7649 
7650 	if (txhw) {
7651 		/*
7652 		 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with ntxrings,
7653 		 * if unspec).
7654 		 */
7655 		if (unspec || mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0) {
7656 			need_exclgrp = B_TRUE;
7657 			need_rings = mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
7658 		} else if (mrp->mrp_ntxrings == 0) {
7659 			/*
7660 			 * We have asked for a software group.
7661 			 */
7662 			return (NULL);
7663 		}
7664 	}
7665 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
7666 	/*
7667 	 * The number of rings that the default group can donate.
7668 	 * We need to leave at least one ring - the default ring - in
7669 	 * this group.
7670 	 */
7671 	defnrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
7672 
7673 	/*
7674 	 * Primary gets default group unless explicitly told not
7675 	 * to  (i.e. rings > 0).
7676 	 */
7677 	if (isprimary && !need_exclgrp)
7678 		return (NULL);
7679 
7680 	nrings = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) != 0 ? mrp->mrp_ntxrings : 1;
7681 	for (i = 0; i <  mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) {
7682 		grp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
7683 		if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) ||
7684 		    (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT)) {
7685 			/*
7686 			 * Select a candidate for replacement if we don't
7687 			 * get an exclusive group. A candidate group is one
7688 			 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got
7689 			 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what
7690 			 * the default group can donate) for the new MAC
7691 			 * client.
7692 			 */
7693 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED &&
7694 			    candidate_grp == NULL) {
7695 				gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
7696 				VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL);
7697 				gmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gclient);
7698 				if (gclient->mci_share == 0 &&
7699 				    (gmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0 &&
7700 				    (unspec ||
7701 				    (grp->mrg_cur_count + defnrings) >=
7702 				    need_rings)) {
7703 					candidate_grp = grp;
7704 				}
7705 			}
7706 			continue;
7707 		}
7708 		/*
7709 		 * If the default can't donate let's just walk and
7710 		 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have
7711 		 * enough rings for this.
7712 		 */
7713 		if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC ||
7714 		    nrings <= defnrings) {
7715 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) {
7716 				rv = mac_start_group(grp);
7717 				ASSERT(rv == 0);
7718 			}
7719 			break;
7720 		}
7721 	}
7722 
7723 	/* The default group */
7724 	if (i >= mip->mi_tx_group_count) {
7725 		/*
7726 		 * If we need an exclusive group and have identified a
7727 		 * candidate group we switch the MAC client from the
7728 		 * candidate group to the default group and give the
7729 		 * candidate group to this client.
7730 		 */
7731 		if (need_exclgrp && candidate_grp != NULL) {
7732 			/*
7733 			 * Switch the MAC client from the candidate
7734 			 * group to the default group. We know the
7735 			 * candidate_grp came from a reserved group
7736 			 * and thus only has one client.
7737 			 */
7738 			grp = candidate_grp;
7739 			gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
7740 			VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL);
7741 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gclient);
7742 			mac_tx_switch_group(gclient, grp, defgrp);
7743 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gclient);
7744 
7745 			/*
7746 			 * Give the candidate group with the specified number
7747 			 * of rings to this MAC client.
7748 			 */
7749 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
7750 			rv = mac_start_group(grp);
7751 			ASSERT(rv == 0);
7752 
7753 			if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
7754 				return (grp);
7755 
7756 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
7757 			ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_cur_count > need_rings);
7758 
7759 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX,
7760 			    defgrp, grp, share, need_rings);
7761 			if (err == 0) {
7762 				/*
7763 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
7764 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
7765 				 * the property for the client now.
7766 				 */
7767 				if (share != 0) {
7768 					mac_client_set_rings(
7769 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1,
7770 					    grp->mrg_cur_count);
7771 				}
7772 				mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
7773 				return (grp);
7774 			}
7775 			DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
7776 			    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
7777 			mac_stop_group(grp);
7778 		}
7779 		return (NULL);
7780 	}
7781 	/*
7782 	 * We got an exclusive group, but it is not dynamic.
7783 	 */
7784 	if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
7785 		mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
7786 		return (grp);
7787 	}
7788 
7789 	rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX, defgrp, grp,
7790 	    share, nrings);
7791 	if (rv != 0) {
7792 		DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings,
7793 		    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, rv);
7794 		mac_stop_group(grp);
7795 		return (NULL);
7796 	}
7797 	/*
7798 	 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets the rings from the
7799 	 * driver, let's populate the property for the client now.
7800 	 */
7801 	if (share != 0) {
7802 		mac_client_set_rings((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1,
7803 		    grp->mrg_cur_count);
7804 	}
7805 	mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
7806 	return (grp);
7807 }
7808 
7809 void
mac_release_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_group_t * grp)7810 mac_release_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *grp)
7811 {
7812 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7813 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
7814 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
7815 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
7816 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
7817 
7818 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
7819 	if (srs != NULL) {
7820 		if (srs->srs_soft_ring_count > 0) {
7821 			for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
7822 			    ring = ring->mr_next) {
7823 				ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, ring));
7824 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
7825 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
7826 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs, ring));
7827 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, ring);
7828 			}
7829 		} else {
7830 			ASSERT(srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 != NULL);
7831 			srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 = NULL;
7832 			mac_srs_stat_delete(srs);
7833 		}
7834 	}
7835 	if (share != 0)
7836 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(share, grp->mrg_driver);
7837 
7838 	/* move the ring back to the pool */
7839 	if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
7840 		while ((ring = grp->mrg_rings) != NULL)
7841 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring);
7842 	}
7843 	mac_stop_group(grp);
7844 	mip->mi_tx_group_free++;
7845 }
7846 
7847 /*
7848  * Disassociate a MAC client from a group, i.e go through the rings in the
7849  * group and delete all the soft rings tied to them.
7850  */
7851 static void
mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(mac_group_t * fgrp,flow_entry_t * flent)7852 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(mac_group_t *fgrp, flow_entry_t *flent)
7853 {
7854 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = flent->fe_mcip;
7855 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*tx_srs;
7856 	mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
7857 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
7858 
7859 	tx_srs = flent->fe_tx_srs;
7860 	tx = &tx_srs->srs_tx;
7861 
7862 	/* Single ring case we haven't created any soft rings */
7863 	if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW || tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE ||
7864 	    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) {
7865 		tx->st_arg2 = NULL;
7866 		mac_srs_stat_delete(tx_srs);
7867 	/* Fanout case, where we have to dismantle the soft rings */
7868 	} else {
7869 		for (ring = fgrp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
7870 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
7871 			ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(tx_srs, ring));
7872 			mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
7873 			    (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(tx_srs,
7874 			    ring));
7875 			mac_tx_srs_del_ring(tx_srs, ring);
7876 		}
7877 		ASSERT(tx->st_arg2 == NULL);
7878 	}
7879 }
7880 
7881 /*
7882  * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need
7883  * to remove the MAC client, teardown the SRSs and revert the group state.
7884  * Then, we add the client to the destination roup, set the SRSs etc.
7885  */
7886 void
mac_tx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_group_t * fgrp,mac_group_t * tgrp)7887 mac_tx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
7888     mac_group_t *tgrp)
7889 {
7890 	mac_client_impl_t	*group_only_mcip;
7891 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7892 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
7893 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
7894 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
7895 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
7896 	flow_entry_t		*gflent;
7897 
7898 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
7899 	ASSERT(fgrp == flent->fe_tx_ring_group);
7900 
7901 	if (fgrp == defgrp) {
7902 		/*
7903 		 * If this is the primary we need to find any VLANs on
7904 		 * the primary and move them too.
7905 		 */
7906 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
7907 		mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, flent);
7908 		if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) {
7909 			mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
7910 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
7911 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7912 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7913 				if (mcip->mci_unicast != gmcip->mci_unicast)
7914 					continue;
7915 				mac_tx_client_quiesce(
7916 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7917 
7918 				gflent = gmcip->mci_flent;
7919 				mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
7920 				mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent);
7921 
7922 				mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
7923 				gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
7924 				/* We could directly set this to SHARED */
7925 				tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp,
7926 				    &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE);
7927 
7928 				mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent,
7929 				    SRST_LINK);
7930 				mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent,
7931 				    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver,
7932 				    gmcip, NULL);
7933 
7934 				mac_tx_client_restart(
7935 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7936 			}
7937 		}
7938 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp)) {
7939 			mac_ring_t	*ring;
7940 			int		cnt;
7941 			int		ringcnt;
7942 
7943 			fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
7944 			/*
7945 			 * Additionally, we also need to stop all
7946 			 * the rings in the default group, except
7947 			 * the default ring. The reason being
7948 			 * this group won't be released since it is
7949 			 * the default group, so the rings won't
7950 			 * be stopped otherwise.
7951 			 */
7952 			ringcnt = fgrp->mrg_cur_count;
7953 			ring = fgrp->mrg_rings;
7954 			for (cnt = 0; cnt < ringcnt; cnt++) {
7955 				if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE &&
7956 				    ring !=
7957 				    (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
7958 					mac_stop_ring(ring);
7959 					ring->mr_flag = 0;
7960 				}
7961 				ring = ring->mr_next;
7962 			}
7963 		} else if (MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) {
7964 			fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED;
7965 		} else {
7966 			ASSERT(fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
7967 		}
7968 	} else {
7969 		/*
7970 		 * We could have VLANs sharing the non-default group with
7971 		 * the primary.
7972 		 */
7973 		mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
7974 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
7975 			gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7976 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7977 			if (gmcip == mcip)
7978 				continue;
7979 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7980 			gflent = gmcip->mci_flent;
7981 
7982 			mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
7983 			mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent);
7984 
7985 			mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
7986 			gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
7987 			/* We could directly set this to SHARED */
7988 			tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp,
7989 			    &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE);
7990 			mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent, SRST_LINK);
7991 			mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent,
7992 			    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver,
7993 			    gmcip, NULL);
7994 
7995 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7996 		}
7997 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
7998 		mac_release_tx_group(mcip, fgrp);
7999 		fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
8000 	}
8001 
8002 	/* Add it to the tgroup */
8003 	mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip);
8004 	flent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
8005 	tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip,
8006 	    defgrp, B_FALSE);
8007 
8008 	mac_tx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK);
8009 	mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
8010 	    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL);
8011 }
8012 
8013 /*
8014  * This is a 1-time control path activity initiated by the client (IP).
8015  * The mac perimeter protects against other simultaneous control activities,
8016  * for example an ioctl that attempts to change the degree of fanout and
8017  * increase or decrease the number of softrings associated with this Tx SRS.
8018  */
8019 static mac_tx_notify_cb_t *
mac_client_tx_notify_add(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_tx_notify_t notify,void * arg)8020 mac_client_tx_notify_add(mac_client_impl_t *mcip,
8021     mac_tx_notify_t notify, void *arg)
8022 {
8023 	mac_cb_info_t *mcbi;
8024 	mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp;
8025 
8026 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
8027 
8028 	mtnfp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t), KM_SLEEP);
8029 	mtnfp->mtnf_fn = notify;
8030 	mtnfp->mtnf_arg = arg;
8031 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objp = mtnfp;
8032 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objsize = sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t);
8033 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_flags = MCB_TX_NOTIFY_CB_T;
8034 
8035 	mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info;
8036 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
8037 	mac_callback_add(mcbi, &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link);
8038 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
8039 	return (mtnfp);
8040 }
8041 
8042 static void
mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_tx_notify_cb_t * mtnfp)8043 mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp)
8044 {
8045 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
8046 	mac_cb_t	**cblist;
8047 
8048 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
8049 
8050 	if (!mac_callback_find(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info,
8051 	    &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link)) {
8052 		cmn_err(CE_WARN,
8053 		    "mac_client_tx_notify_remove: callback not "
8054 		    "found, mcip 0x%p mtnfp 0x%p", (void *)mcip, (void *)mtnfp);
8055 		return;
8056 	}
8057 
8058 	mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info;
8059 	cblist = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list;
8060 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
8061 	if (mac_callback_remove(mcbi, cblist, &mtnfp->mtnf_link))
8062 		kmem_free(mtnfp, sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t));
8063 	else
8064 		mac_callback_remove_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info);
8065 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
8066 }
8067 
8068 /*
8069  * mac_client_tx_notify():
8070  * call to add and remove flow control callback routine.
8071  */
8072 mac_tx_notify_handle_t
mac_client_tx_notify(mac_client_handle_t mch,mac_tx_notify_t callb_func,void * ptr)8073 mac_client_tx_notify(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_tx_notify_t callb_func,
8074     void *ptr)
8075 {
8076 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
8077 	mac_tx_notify_cb_t	*mtnfp = NULL;
8078 
8079 	i_mac_perim_enter(mcip->mci_mip);
8080 
8081 	if (callb_func != NULL) {
8082 		/* Add a notify callback */
8083 		mtnfp = mac_client_tx_notify_add(mcip, callb_func, ptr);
8084 	} else {
8085 		mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mcip, (mac_tx_notify_cb_t *)ptr);
8086 	}
8087 	i_mac_perim_exit(mcip->mci_mip);
8088 
8089 	return ((mac_tx_notify_handle_t)mtnfp);
8090 }
8091 
8092 void
mac_bridge_vectors(mac_bridge_tx_t txf,mac_bridge_rx_t rxf,mac_bridge_ref_t reff,mac_bridge_ls_t lsf)8093 mac_bridge_vectors(mac_bridge_tx_t txf, mac_bridge_rx_t rxf,
8094     mac_bridge_ref_t reff, mac_bridge_ls_t lsf)
8095 {
8096 	mac_bridge_tx_cb = txf;
8097 	mac_bridge_rx_cb = rxf;
8098 	mac_bridge_ref_cb = reff;
8099 	mac_bridge_ls_cb = lsf;
8100 }
8101 
8102 int
mac_bridge_set(mac_handle_t mh,mac_handle_t link)8103 mac_bridge_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link)
8104 {
8105 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8106 	int retv;
8107 
8108 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
8109 	if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL) {
8110 		mip->mi_bridge_link = link;
8111 		retv = 0;
8112 	} else {
8113 		retv = EBUSY;
8114 	}
8115 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
8116 	if (retv == 0) {
8117 		mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_FALSE);
8118 		mac_capab_update(mh);
8119 	}
8120 	return (retv);
8121 }
8122 
8123 /*
8124  * Disable bridging on the indicated link.
8125  */
8126 void
mac_bridge_clear(mac_handle_t mh,mac_handle_t link)8127 mac_bridge_clear(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link)
8128 {
8129 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8130 
8131 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
8132 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == link);
8133 	mip->mi_bridge_link = NULL;
8134 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
8135 	mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_TRUE);
8136 	mac_capab_update(mh);
8137 }
8138 
8139 void
mac_no_active(mac_handle_t mh)8140 mac_no_active(mac_handle_t mh)
8141 {
8142 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8143 
8144 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
8145 	mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_NO_ACTIVE;
8146 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
8147 }
8148 
8149 /*
8150  * Walk the primary VLAN clients whenever the primary's rings property
8151  * changes and update the mac_resource_props_t for the VLAN's client.
8152  * We need to do this since we don't support setting these properties
8153  * on the primary's VLAN clients, but the VLAN clients have to
8154  * follow the primary w.r.t the rings property.
8155  */
8156 void
mac_set_prim_vlan_rings(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_resource_props_t * mrp)8157 mac_set_prim_vlan_rings(mac_impl_t  *mip, mac_resource_props_t *mrp)
8158 {
8159 	mac_client_impl_t	*vmcip;
8160 	mac_resource_props_t	*vmrp;
8161 
8162 	for (vmcip = mip->mi_clients_list; vmcip != NULL;
8163 	    vmcip = vmcip->mci_client_next) {
8164 		if (!(vmcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC) ||
8165 		    mac_client_vid((mac_client_handle_t)vmcip) ==
8166 		    VLAN_ID_NONE) {
8167 			continue;
8168 		}
8169 		vmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(vmcip);
8170 
8171 		vmrp->mrp_nrxrings =  mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
8172 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
8173 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS;
8174 		else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
8175 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS;
8176 
8177 		vmrp->mrp_ntxrings =  mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
8178 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS)
8179 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS;
8180 		else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS)
8181 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS;
8182 
8183 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC)
8184 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
8185 		else
8186 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
8187 
8188 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC)
8189 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
8190 		else
8191 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
8192 	}
8193 }
8194 
8195 /*
8196  * We are adding or removing ring(s) from a group. The source for taking
8197  * rings is the default group. The destination for giving rings back is
8198  * the default group.
8199  */
8200 int
mac_group_ring_modify(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,mac_group_t * group,mac_group_t * defgrp)8201 mac_group_ring_modify(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group,
8202     mac_group_t *defgrp)
8203 {
8204 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
8205 	uint_t			modify;
8206 	int			count;
8207 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
8208 	mac_ring_t		*next;
8209 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
8210 	mac_ring_t		**rings;
8211 	uint_t			ringcnt;
8212 	int			i = 0;
8213 	boolean_t		rx_group = group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX;
8214 	int			start;
8215 	int			end;
8216 	mac_group_t		*tgrp;
8217 	int			j;
8218 	int			rv = 0;
8219 
8220 	/*
8221 	 * If we are asked for just a group, we give 1 ring, else
8222 	 * the specified number of rings.
8223 	 */
8224 	if (rx_group) {
8225 		ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1:
8226 		    mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
8227 	} else {
8228 		ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1:
8229 		    mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
8230 	}
8231 
8232 	/* don't allow modifying rings for a share for now. */
8233 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == 0);
8234 
8235 	if (ringcnt == group->mrg_cur_count)
8236 		return (0);
8237 
8238 	if (group->mrg_cur_count > ringcnt) {
8239 		modify = group->mrg_cur_count - ringcnt;
8240 		if (rx_group) {
8241 			if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group) {
8242 				ASSERT(mac_is_primary_client(mcip));
8243 				mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp;
8244 			} else {
8245 				defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
8246 			}
8247 		}
8248 		ring = group->mrg_rings;
8249 		rings = kmem_alloc(modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
8250 		    KM_SLEEP);
8251 		j = 0;
8252 		for (count = 0; count < modify; count++) {
8253 			next = ring->mr_next;
8254 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring);
8255 			if (rv != 0) {
8256 				/* cleanup on failure */
8257 				for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
8258 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group,
8259 					    rings[j]);
8260 				}
8261 				break;
8262 			}
8263 			rings[j++] = ring;
8264 			ring = next;
8265 		}
8266 		kmem_free(rings, modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t));
8267 		return (rv);
8268 	}
8269 	if (ringcnt >= MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP)
8270 		return (EINVAL);
8271 
8272 	modify = ringcnt - group->mrg_cur_count;
8273 
8274 	if (rx_group) {
8275 		if (group != mip->mi_rx_donor_grp)
8276 			defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
8277 		else
8278 			/*
8279 			 * This is the donor group with all the remaining
8280 			 * rings. Default group now gets to be the donor
8281 			 */
8282 			mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp;
8283 		start = 1;
8284 		end = mip->mi_rx_group_count;
8285 	} else {
8286 		start = 0;
8287 		end = mip->mi_tx_group_count - 1;
8288 	}
8289 	/*
8290 	 * If the default doesn't have any rings, lets see if we can
8291 	 * take rings given to an h/w client that doesn't need it.
8292 	 * For now, we just see if there is  any one client that can donate
8293 	 * all the required rings.
8294 	 */
8295 	if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1)) {
8296 		for (i = start; i < end; i++) {
8297 			if (rx_group) {
8298 				tgrp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i];
8299 				if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state <
8300 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
8301 					continue;
8302 				}
8303 				if (i_mac_clients_hw(tgrp, MRP_RX_RINGS))
8304 					continue;
8305 				mcip = tgrp->mrg_clients->mgc_client;
8306 				VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL);
8307 				if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count +
8308 				    defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) {
8309 					continue;
8310 				}
8311 				if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp,
8312 				    defgrp) != 0) {
8313 					return (ENOSPC);
8314 				}
8315 			} else {
8316 				tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
8317 				if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state <
8318 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
8319 					continue;
8320 				}
8321 				if (i_mac_clients_hw(tgrp, MRP_TX_RINGS))
8322 					continue;
8323 				mcip = tgrp->mrg_clients->mgc_client;
8324 				VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL);
8325 				if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count +
8326 				    defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) {
8327 					continue;
8328 				}
8329 				/* OK, we can switch this to s/w */
8330 				mac_tx_client_quiesce(
8331 				    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
8332 				mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, defgrp);
8333 				mac_tx_client_restart(
8334 				    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
8335 			}
8336 		}
8337 		if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1))
8338 			return (ENOSPC);
8339 	}
8340 	if ((rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, group->mrg_type, defgrp,
8341 	    group, mcip->mci_share, modify)) != 0) {
8342 		return (rv);
8343 	}
8344 	return (0);
8345 }
8346 
8347 /*
8348  * Given the poolname in mac_resource_props, find the cpupart
8349  * that is associated with this pool.  The cpupart will be used
8350  * later for finding the cpus to be bound to the networking threads.
8351  *
8352  * use_default is set B_TRUE if pools are enabled and pool_default
8353  * is returned.  This avoids a 2nd lookup to set the poolname
8354  * for pool-effective.
8355  *
8356  * returns:
8357  *
8358  *    NULL -   pools are disabled or if the 'cpus' property is set.
8359  *    cpupart of pool_default  - pools are enabled and the pool
8360  *             is not available or poolname is blank
8361  *    cpupart of named pool    - pools are enabled and the pool
8362  *             is available.
8363  */
8364 cpupart_t *
mac_pset_find(mac_resource_props_t * mrp,boolean_t * use_default)8365 mac_pset_find(mac_resource_props_t *mrp, boolean_t *use_default)
8366 {
8367 	pool_t		*pool;
8368 	cpupart_t	*cpupart;
8369 
8370 	*use_default = B_FALSE;
8371 
8372 	/* CPUs property is set */
8373 	if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS)
8374 		return (NULL);
8375 
8376 	ASSERT(pool_lock_held());
8377 
8378 	/* Pools are disabled, no pset */
8379 	if (pool_state == POOL_DISABLED)
8380 		return (NULL);
8381 
8382 	/* Pools property is set */
8383 	if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_POOL) {
8384 		if ((pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_name(mrp->mrp_pool)) == NULL) {
8385 			/* Pool not found */
8386 			DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_pset_find_no_pool, char *,
8387 			    mrp->mrp_pool);
8388 			*use_default = B_TRUE;
8389 			pool = pool_default;
8390 		}
8391 	/* Pools property is not set */
8392 	} else {
8393 		*use_default = B_TRUE;
8394 		pool = pool_default;
8395 	}
8396 
8397 	/* Find the CPU pset that corresponds to the pool */
8398 	mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
8399 	if ((cpupart = cpupart_find(pool->pool_pset->pset_id)) == NULL) {
8400 		DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_find_pset_no_pset, psetid_t,
8401 		    pool->pool_pset->pset_id);
8402 	}
8403 	mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
8404 
8405 	return (cpupart);
8406 }
8407 
8408 void
mac_set_pool_effective(boolean_t use_default,cpupart_t * cpupart,mac_resource_props_t * mrp,mac_resource_props_t * emrp)8409 mac_set_pool_effective(boolean_t use_default, cpupart_t *cpupart,
8410     mac_resource_props_t *mrp, mac_resource_props_t *emrp)
8411 {
8412 	ASSERT(pool_lock_held());
8413 
8414 	if (cpupart != NULL) {
8415 		emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
8416 		if (use_default) {
8417 			(void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool,
8418 			    "pool_default");
8419 		} else {
8420 			ASSERT(strlen(mrp->mrp_pool) != 0);
8421 			(void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool,
8422 			    mrp->mrp_pool);
8423 		}
8424 	} else {
8425 		emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL;
8426 		bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN);
8427 	}
8428 }
8429 
8430 struct mac_pool_arg {
8431 	char		mpa_poolname[MAXPATHLEN];
8432 	pool_event_t	mpa_what;
8433 };
8434 
8435 /*ARGSUSED*/
8436 static uint_t
mac_pool_link_update(mod_hash_key_t key,mod_hash_val_t * val,void * arg)8437 mac_pool_link_update(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg)
8438 {
8439 	struct mac_pool_arg	*mpa = arg;
8440 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)val;
8441 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
8442 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp, *emrp;
8443 	boolean_t		pool_update = B_FALSE;
8444 	boolean_t		pool_clear = B_FALSE;
8445 	boolean_t		use_default = B_FALSE;
8446 	cpupart_t		*cpupart = NULL;
8447 
8448 	mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
8449 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
8450 	for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL;
8451 	    mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) {
8452 		pool_update = B_FALSE;
8453 		pool_clear = B_FALSE;
8454 		use_default = B_FALSE;
8455 		mac_client_get_resources((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, mrp);
8456 		emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
8457 
8458 		/*
8459 		 * When pools are enabled
8460 		 */
8461 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_ENABLE) &&
8462 		    ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) {
8463 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
8464 			pool_update = B_TRUE;
8465 		}
8466 
8467 		/*
8468 		 * When pools are disabled
8469 		 */
8470 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_DISABLE) &&
8471 		    ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) {
8472 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
8473 			pool_clear = B_TRUE;
8474 		}
8475 
8476 		/*
8477 		 * Look for links with the pool property set and the poolname
8478 		 * matching the one which is changing.
8479 		 */
8480 		if (strcmp(mrp->mrp_pool, mpa->mpa_poolname) == 0) {
8481 			/*
8482 			 * The pool associated with the link has changed.
8483 			 */
8484 			if (mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) {
8485 				mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
8486 				pool_update = B_TRUE;
8487 			}
8488 		}
8489 
8490 		/*
8491 		 * This link is associated with pool_default and
8492 		 * pool_default has changed.
8493 		 */
8494 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) &&
8495 		    (strcmp(emrp->mrp_pool, "pool_default") == 0) &&
8496 		    (strcmp(mpa->mpa_poolname, "pool_default") == 0)) {
8497 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
8498 			pool_update = B_TRUE;
8499 		}
8500 
8501 		/*
8502 		 * Get new list of cpus for the pool, bind network
8503 		 * threads to new list of cpus and update resources.
8504 		 */
8505 		if (pool_update) {
8506 			if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
8507 				pool_lock();
8508 				cpupart = mac_pset_find(mrp, &use_default);
8509 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp,
8510 				    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, cpupart);
8511 				mac_set_pool_effective(use_default, cpupart,
8512 				    mrp, emrp);
8513 				pool_unlock();
8514 			}
8515 			mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
8516 			    B_FALSE);
8517 		}
8518 
8519 		/*
8520 		 * Clear the effective pool and bind network threads
8521 		 * to any available CPU.
8522 		 */
8523 		if (pool_clear) {
8524 			if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
8525 				emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL;
8526 				bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN);
8527 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp,
8528 				    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL);
8529 			}
8530 			mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
8531 			    B_FALSE);
8532 		}
8533 	}
8534 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
8535 	kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
8536 	return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
8537 }
8538 
8539 static void
mac_pool_update(void * arg)8540 mac_pool_update(void *arg)
8541 {
8542 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, mac_pool_link_update, arg);
8543 	kmem_free(arg, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
8544 }
8545 
8546 /*
8547  * Callback function to be executed when a noteworthy pool event
8548  * takes place.
8549  */
8550 /* ARGSUSED */
8551 static void
mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t what,poolid_t id,void * arg)8552 mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t what, poolid_t id, void *arg)
8553 {
8554 	pool_t			*pool;
8555 	char			*poolname = NULL;
8556 	struct mac_pool_arg	*mpa;
8557 
8558 	pool_lock();
8559 	mpa = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg), KM_SLEEP);
8560 
8561 	switch (what) {
8562 	case POOL_E_ENABLE:
8563 	case POOL_E_DISABLE:
8564 		break;
8565 
8566 	case POOL_E_CHANGE:
8567 		pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_id(id);
8568 		if (pool == NULL) {
8569 			kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
8570 			pool_unlock();
8571 			return;
8572 		}
8573 		pool_get_name(pool, &poolname);
8574 		(void) strlcpy(mpa->mpa_poolname, poolname,
8575 		    sizeof (mpa->mpa_poolname));
8576 		break;
8577 
8578 	default:
8579 		kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
8580 		pool_unlock();
8581 		return;
8582 	}
8583 	pool_unlock();
8584 
8585 	mpa->mpa_what = what;
8586 
8587 	mac_pool_update(mpa);
8588 }
8589 
8590 /*
8591  * Set effective rings property. This could be called from datapath_setup/
8592  * datapath_teardown or set-linkprop.
8593  * If the group is reserved we just go ahead and set the effective rings.
8594  * Additionally, for TX this could mean the default group has lost/gained
8595  * some rings, so if the default group is reserved, we need to adjust the
8596  * effective rings for the default group clients. For RX, if we are working
8597  * with the non-default group, we just need to reset the effective props
8598  * for the default group clients.
8599  */
8600 void
mac_set_rings_effective(mac_client_impl_t * mcip)8601 mac_set_rings_effective(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
8602 {
8603 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
8604 	mac_group_t		*grp;
8605 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
8606 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
8607 	mac_resource_props_t	*emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
8608 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
8609 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
8610 
8611 	grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group;
8612 	if (grp != NULL) {
8613 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
8614 		/*
8615 		 * If we have reserved a group, set the effective rings
8616 		 * to the ring count in the group.
8617 		 */
8618 		if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
8619 			emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS;
8620 			emrp->mrp_nrxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count;
8621 		}
8622 
8623 		/*
8624 		 * We go through the clients in the shared group and
8625 		 * reset the effective properties. It is possible this
8626 		 * might have already been done for some client (i.e.
8627 		 * if some client is being moved to a group that is
8628 		 * already shared). The case where the default group is
8629 		 * RESERVED is taken care of above (note in the RX side if
8630 		 * there is a non-default group, the default group is always
8631 		 * SHARED).
8632 		 */
8633 		if (grp != defgrp || grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) {
8634 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED)
8635 				mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
8636 			else
8637 				mgcp = defgrp->mrg_clients;
8638 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
8639 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
8640 				emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
8641 				if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) {
8642 					emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS;
8643 					emrp->mrp_nrxrings = 0;
8644 				}
8645 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
8646 			}
8647 		}
8648 	}
8649 
8650 	/* Now the TX side */
8651 	grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group;
8652 	if (grp != NULL) {
8653 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
8654 
8655 		if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
8656 			emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS;
8657 			emrp->mrp_ntxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count;
8658 		} else if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) {
8659 			mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
8660 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
8661 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
8662 				emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
8663 				if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) {
8664 					emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS;
8665 					emrp->mrp_ntxrings = 0;
8666 				}
8667 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
8668 			}
8669 		}
8670 
8671 		/*
8672 		 * If the group is not the default group and the default
8673 		 * group is reserved, the ring count in the default group
8674 		 * might have changed, update it.
8675 		 */
8676 		if (grp != defgrp &&
8677 		    defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
8678 			gmcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(defgrp);
8679 			emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
8680 			emrp->mrp_ntxrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count;
8681 		}
8682 	}
8683 	emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
8684 }
8685 
8686 /*
8687  * Check if the primary is in the default group. If so, see if we
8688  * can give it a an exclusive group now that another client is
8689  * being configured. We take the primary out of the default group
8690  * because the multicast/broadcast packets for the all the clients
8691  * will land in the default ring in the default group which means
8692  * any client in the default group, even if it is the only on in
8693  * the group, will lose exclusive access to the rings, hence
8694  * polling.
8695  */
8696 mac_client_impl_t *
mac_check_primary_relocation(mac_client_impl_t * mcip,boolean_t rxhw)8697 mac_check_primary_relocation(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t rxhw)
8698 {
8699 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
8700 	mac_group_t		*defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
8701 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
8702 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
8703 	uint8_t			*mac_addr;
8704 	mac_group_t		*ngrp;
8705 
8706 	/*
8707 	 * Check if the primary is in the default group, if not
8708 	 * or if it is explicitly configured to be in the default
8709 	 * group OR set the RX rings property, return.
8710 	 */
8711 	if (flent->fe_rx_ring_group != defgrp || mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
8712 		return (NULL);
8713 
8714 	/*
8715 	 * If the new client needs an exclusive group and we
8716 	 * don't have another for the primary, return.
8717 	 */
8718 	if (rxhw && mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail < 2)
8719 		return (NULL);
8720 
8721 	mac_addr = flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_dst_mac;
8722 	/*
8723 	 * We call this when we are setting up the datapath for
8724 	 * the first non-primary.
8725 	 */
8726 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 2);
8727 
8728 	/*
8729 	 * OK, now we have the primary that needs to be relocated.
8730 	 */
8731 	ngrp =  mac_reserve_rx_group(mcip, mac_addr, B_TRUE);
8732 	if (ngrp == NULL)
8733 		return (NULL);
8734 	if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, defgrp, ngrp) != 0) {
8735 		mac_stop_group(ngrp);
8736 		return (NULL);
8737 	}
8738 	return (mcip);
8739 }
8740 
8741 void
mac_transceiver_init(mac_impl_t * mip)8742 mac_transceiver_init(mac_impl_t *mip)
8743 {
8744 	if (mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_TRANSCEIVER,
8745 	    &mip->mi_transceiver)) {
8746 		/*
8747 		 * The driver set a flag that we don't know about. In this case,
8748 		 * we need to warn about that case and ignore this capability.
8749 		 */
8750 		if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags != 0) {
8751 			dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set transceiver "
8752 			    "flags to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring "
8753 			    "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags);
8754 			bzero(&mip->mi_transceiver,
8755 			    sizeof (mac_capab_transceiver_t));
8756 		}
8757 	} else {
8758 			bzero(&mip->mi_transceiver,
8759 			    sizeof (mac_capab_transceiver_t));
8760 	}
8761 }
8762 
8763 int
mac_transceiver_count(mac_handle_t mh,uint_t * countp)8764 mac_transceiver_count(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t *countp)
8765 {
8766 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8767 
8768 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
8769 
8770 	if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers == 0)
8771 		return (ENOTSUP);
8772 
8773 	*countp = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers;
8774 	return (0);
8775 }
8776 
8777 int
mac_transceiver_info(mac_handle_t mh,uint_t tranid,boolean_t * present,boolean_t * usable)8778 mac_transceiver_info(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t tranid, boolean_t *present,
8779     boolean_t *usable)
8780 {
8781 	int ret;
8782 	mac_transceiver_info_t info;
8783 
8784 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8785 
8786 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
8787 
8788 	if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_info == NULL ||
8789 	    mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers == 0)
8790 		return (ENOTSUP);
8791 
8792 	if (tranid >= mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers)
8793 		return (EINVAL);
8794 
8795 	bzero(&info, sizeof (mac_transceiver_info_t));
8796 	if ((ret = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_info(mip->mi_driver, tranid,
8797 	    &info)) != 0) {
8798 		return (ret);
8799 	}
8800 
8801 	*present = info.mti_present;
8802 	*usable = info.mti_usable;
8803 	return (0);
8804 }
8805 
8806 int
mac_transceiver_read(mac_handle_t mh,uint_t tranid,uint_t page,void * buf,size_t nbytes,off_t offset,size_t * nread)8807 mac_transceiver_read(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t tranid, uint_t page, void *buf,
8808     size_t nbytes, off_t offset, size_t *nread)
8809 {
8810 	int ret;
8811 	size_t nr;
8812 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8813 
8814 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
8815 
8816 	if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_read == NULL)
8817 		return (ENOTSUP);
8818 
8819 	if (tranid >= mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers)
8820 		return (EINVAL);
8821 
8822 	/*
8823 	 * All supported pages today are 256 bytes wide. Make sure offset +
8824 	 * nbytes never exceeds that.
8825 	 */
8826 	if (offset < 0 || offset >= 256 || nbytes > 256 ||
8827 	    offset + nbytes > 256)
8828 		return (EINVAL);
8829 
8830 	if (nread == NULL)
8831 		nread = &nr;
8832 	ret = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_read(mip->mi_driver, tranid, page, buf,
8833 	    nbytes, offset, nread);
8834 	if (ret == 0 && *nread > nbytes) {
8835 		dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_PANIC, "driver wrote %lu bytes into "
8836 		    "%lu byte sized buffer, possible memory corruption",
8837 		    *nread, nbytes);
8838 	}
8839 
8840 	return (ret);
8841 }
8842 
8843 void
mac_led_init(mac_impl_t * mip)8844 mac_led_init(mac_impl_t *mip)
8845 {
8846 	mip->mi_led_modes = MAC_LED_DEFAULT;
8847 
8848 	if (!mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_LED, &mip->mi_led)) {
8849 		bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t));
8850 		return;
8851 	}
8852 
8853 	if (mip->mi_led.mcl_flags != 0) {
8854 		dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set led capability "
8855 		    "flags to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring "
8856 		    "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags);
8857 		bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t));
8858 		return;
8859 	}
8860 
8861 	if ((mip->mi_led.mcl_modes & ~MAC_LED_ALL) != 0) {
8862 		dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set led capability "
8863 		    "supported modes to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring "
8864 		    "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags);
8865 		bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t));
8866 		return;
8867 	}
8868 }
8869 
8870 int
mac_led_get(mac_handle_t mh,mac_led_mode_t * supported,mac_led_mode_t * active)8871 mac_led_get(mac_handle_t mh, mac_led_mode_t *supported, mac_led_mode_t *active)
8872 {
8873 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8874 
8875 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
8876 
8877 	if (mip->mi_led.mcl_set == NULL)
8878 		return (ENOTSUP);
8879 
8880 	*supported = mip->mi_led.mcl_modes;
8881 	*active = mip->mi_led_modes;
8882 
8883 	return (0);
8884 }
8885 
8886 /*
8887  * Update and multiplex the various LED requests. We only ever send one LED to
8888  * the underlying driver at a time. As such, we end up multiplexing all
8889  * requested states and picking one to send down to the driver.
8890  */
8891 int
mac_led_set(mac_handle_t mh,mac_led_mode_t desired)8892 mac_led_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_led_mode_t desired)
8893 {
8894 	int ret;
8895 	mac_led_mode_t driver;
8896 
8897 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8898 
8899 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
8900 
8901 	/*
8902 	 * If we've been passed a desired value of zero, that indicates that
8903 	 * we're basically resetting to the value of zero, which is our default
8904 	 * value.
8905 	 */
8906 	if (desired == 0)
8907 		desired = MAC_LED_DEFAULT;
8908 
8909 	if (mip->mi_led.mcl_set == NULL)
8910 		return (ENOTSUP);
8911 
8912 	/*
8913 	 * Catch both values that we don't know about and those that the driver
8914 	 * doesn't support.
8915 	 */
8916 	if ((desired & ~MAC_LED_ALL) != 0)
8917 		return (EINVAL);
8918 
8919 	if ((desired & ~mip->mi_led.mcl_modes) != 0)
8920 		return (ENOTSUP);
8921 
8922 	/*
8923 	 * If we have the same value, then there is nothing to do.
8924 	 */
8925 	if (desired == mip->mi_led_modes)
8926 		return (0);
8927 
8928 	/*
8929 	 * Based on the desired value, determine what to send to the driver. We
8930 	 * only will send a single bit to the driver at any given time. IDENT
8931 	 * takes priority over OFF or ON. We also let OFF take priority over the
8932 	 * rest.
8933 	 */
8934 	if (desired & MAC_LED_IDENT) {
8935 		driver = MAC_LED_IDENT;
8936 	} else if (desired & MAC_LED_OFF) {
8937 		driver = MAC_LED_OFF;
8938 	} else if (desired & MAC_LED_ON) {
8939 		driver = MAC_LED_ON;
8940 	} else {
8941 		driver = MAC_LED_DEFAULT;
8942 	}
8943 
8944 	if ((ret = mip->mi_led.mcl_set(mip->mi_driver, driver, 0)) == 0) {
8945 		mip->mi_led_modes = desired;
8946 	}
8947 
8948 	return (ret);
8949 }
8950 
8951 /*
8952  * Send packets through the Tx ring ('mrh') or through the default
8953  * handler if no ring is specified. Before passing the packet down to
8954  * the MAC provider, emulate any hardware offloads which have been
8955  * requested but are not supported by the provider.
8956  */
8957 mblk_t *
mac_ring_tx(mac_handle_t mh,mac_ring_handle_t mrh,mblk_t * mp)8958 mac_ring_tx(mac_handle_t mh, mac_ring_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp)
8959 {
8960 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
8961 
8962 	if (mrh == NULL)
8963 		mrh = mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
8964 
8965 	if (mrh == NULL)
8966 		return (mip->mi_tx(mip->mi_driver, mp));
8967 	else
8968 		return (mac_hwring_tx(mrh, mp));
8969 }
8970 
8971 /*
8972  * This is the final stop before reaching the underlying MAC provider.
8973  * This is also where the bridging hook is inserted. Packets that are
8974  * bridged will return through mac_bridge_tx(), with rh nulled out if
8975  * the bridge chooses to send output on a different link due to
8976  * forwarding.
8977  */
8978 mblk_t *
mac_provider_tx(mac_impl_t * mip,mac_ring_handle_t rh,mblk_t * mp,mac_client_impl_t * mcip)8979 mac_provider_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp,
8980     mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
8981 {
8982 	/*
8983 	 * If there is a bound Hybrid I/O share, send packets through
8984 	 * the default tx ring. When there's a bound Hybrid I/O share,
8985 	 * the tx rings of this client are mapped in the guest domain
8986 	 * and not accessible from here.
8987 	 */
8988 	if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_SHARE_BOUND)
8989 		rh = mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
8990 
8991 	if (mip->mi_promisc_list != NULL)
8992 		mac_promisc_dispatch(mip, mp, mcip, B_FALSE);
8993 
8994 	if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL)
8995 		return (mac_ring_tx((mac_handle_t)mip, rh, mp));
8996 	else
8997 		return (mac_bridge_tx(mip, rh, mp));
8998 }
8999